English 1/2015. The Profi le System

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "English 1/2015. The Profi le System"

Transcription

1 English 1/2015 The Profi le System

2 MayTec System Technology The key to success! Solutions with Innovative Profi le The Profi le System Curved Profi les The Clean-Room System The Telescopic System The Linear System The Conveyor System The Personnel Transfer System Safety Barriers The Dust Protection System The ideal profi le system MayTec offers a comprehensive, harmonised profi le system. All profi les can be combined in any way conceivable. The accessories provide functional and aesthetic solutions for a wide range of applications. Service The MayTec service is as versatile as the MayTec profi le system. You may choose: delivery of standard elements ex-factory delivery of profi les and accessories cut to size according to parts list for customer s assembly delivery of pre-fi tted modular components delivery of completely assembled units assembly at your premises Implementation The MayTec profi le system is easy to process and quick to assemble. Its fl exible and modular construction means it can be easily modifi ed and is reusable at any time. An experienced team will support you in implementing the MayTec system, tailored to your individual applications, taking into consideration your dimensions, loading capacity and stability. s machine bases assembly and inspection stations special shelves machine enclosures transfer and supply trolleys plant equipment machine guarding partitions and protective walls display systems work stations protective and work cabins exhibition cabinets and stands

3 Register Table of contents Introduction Profiles Summary Profi les 1.1 Profi le machining 1.1A - Coding examples 1.1B 1.1C Profi le selection range 1.1D Profi le applications 1.1E - Curved profi les 1.1E 1 Connection system Summary Connector selection 1.2 Connectors 1.2A - Cross bushings 1.2B - Components 1.2C - Special cases 1.2D Connection possibilities 1.2E Connector-Strength values 1.2F Connection elements Accessories Summary Fastening elements 1.3 Installation accessories 1.4 Pneumatic accessories 1.5 Additional accessories 1.6 Electrical accessories 1.7 Panel elements 1.8 Washers, screws and tools 1.9 Subject index

4 CAD Design Software Sample Free to use Easy to install 80% Faster Export function for 3D models and parts list New Machine enclosure Complete in 20 min.... Ready 3D view Dimensional drawing Exploded view with part numbers Detailed drawings for all panel elements Parts list with calcula ons CAD Download link: 2

5 Table of contents Article number group Page Article number group Page Introduction Symbols, Abbreviations, Special characters Slot system Numerical key for articles Profiles Summary: Profi les Profi les (plain)...8, Profi les (with grooves) Profi les Profi le group 16 mm, E3-slot, P Profi le group 16 mm, F-slot, P Profi le group 20 mm, H-slot, P Profi le group 20 mm, F-slot, P Profi le group 30 mm, F / E4-slot, P Profi le group 40 mm, E3-slot, P Profi le group 45 mm, E4-slot, P Profi le group 50 mm, E4-slot, P Profi le group 60 mm, E4-slot, P Profi le group 30 mm, F-slot Profi le group 40 mm, E3-slot Profi le group 45 mm, E4-slot Profi le group 50 mm, E4-slot Profi le group 60 mm, E4-slot Profi les 48, round, P Profi les octagonal, P Panel profi les 30, F-slot, P Panel profi les 40, E3-slot, P Panel profi les 50, E4-slot, P Wire net profi les 30, F-slot, P Wire net profi les 40, F / E3-slot, P E-trunking profi les " profi les Tube profi les 30, P Tubes Profi le pre-cut lids Wire net mounting profi les Grab handle profi les Sliding profi les U-profi le C-track A Profi le machining A Summary A Order description A Order example A Saw cut A Cross bushing bore A Bores A Cross bore A Thread A Direction and Position B Profi le machining: Coding examples B for price group B for price group B for price group B Order example for special design C D Profi le selection range E Profi le applications E.01 Profi le combinations E.01 Special slits E.02 Slot plates E.03 Hand rail E.04 U-Profi le E.05 Profi les for cable guide E.06 Profi les for cable guide, Profi le pre-cut lid E.07 Curved profi les Connection System Connectors - Examples Summary: Connectors Connectors (with machining) Connectors (without machining) Manufacture a connection Connector selection A Connectors A for profi les with core hole-ø 6 mm A für profi les with core hole-ø 12 mm B Connector - Cross bushings B Drill dimensions for cross bushings B Special cases B Mounting variants C Connector - Components C Connectors for core hole-ø 6 mm C Connectors for core hole-ø 12 mm D Connector - Special cases D Parallel connector for profi le 30 30, soft D Universal connector for profi le D Extension / parallel connector D Universal connector with knurled cross b D SE-Connector D ST-Connector D ST-Connector with anchor, screw type D Connector screw, self-cutting D Bayonet type connector D Cross connector D Parallel connector for subsequent insertion D Clamping connector E Connection possibilities E for 0-slot profi les E Specifi cation of milling patterns for closed profi les E for profi les 40, round E Special cases E Other profi le systems F Connector-strength values Connection elements Anti-twist devices Clamping levers Accessories Summary: Accessories Fastening elements Threaded plates T-Nuts Spring-nuts T-Slot nuts Rhomboid T-Slot nuts T-Bolts Threaded inserts Press-fi t threaded inserts Installation accessories Cover profi les Reducing profi les Combination profi les Guide profi le Framing profi les...160,

6 Table of contents Article number group Page Article number group Page 1.41 Wedge profi les Sponge rubber round cords Sealing profi le Rubber cover-profi les Cover caps for profi les Cover plugs for cross bushings Cover caps for tubes Cover caps for screw bores Radius covers Radius compensations Floor levelling screws Levelling feet...178, Hand adjustable feet Levelling furniture foot Adjustable tilt-feet plates spindles nuts anti-slip discs cushion elements Angular adjusting feet Base feet Base angle Stacking foot Castors Locking castors Angles Aluminium...198, PA GD-Zn GD-Al Swivel angles Cross connection plates Base plates Floor mounting plate Mounting plates Floor plate Connection plates Fastening plate Eye bolt Corner pieces GD-Zn Aluminium Pneumatic accessories Profi les for pneumatic applications Pneumatic end plates Pneumatic connection plates Pneumatic extension sets Pneumatic 90 - connection sets Pneumatic accessories Additional accessories Handles Handle systems Grab handles Hinges Double hinge Joints Mounting blocks Mounting clamp blocks Quick locks Bullet catches Magnetic lock Lock Cylinder locks Flap-lock countersunk Cylinder locks fl ush Mortise deadlocks Bar locks Latch locks Rollers Roller fastening sets Mounting adaptor for roller Edge roller Runner for sliding suspended doors Stopper for sliding suspended doors Slot rollers Guidance system Sliding blocks T-Nut sliding blocks Eco-Slides Hanging bracket Suspended glider Carabine swivel Electrical accessories Potential equalisation, grounding connectors Ground connections Cable and hose clamp (Cross-) blocks for cable binder, cable binder Installation rings Mounting set for 19" profi le Safety switches Guard locking devices Safety interlocking-mountings Contact bracket-mounting...311, Sensor brackets Electrical installation trunking Panel elements Corner elements Corner element Mounting sockets Panel elements Chipboards, coated Solid plastic panels Alu-plastic composite panels Acrylic Polycarbonate (Makrolon) Wire net, Alu Wire net, steel Grid, steel Washers, screws and tools Self locking washers Button head screws Press in device Tx screw driver Summary: Tools for cross bushings and anchors Drill Jigs...332, Milling cutters...333, Drills...333, Tools: Special cases Screw taps Subject index

7 Symbols, Abbreviations, Special characters 1.01 General Profile group Slot 16 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 45 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm The profi les of the MayTec Profi le System are divided into seven profile groups (PG). They can be determined by the basic measure of each profi le. H-slot, F-slot, E-slot In order to connect the profi les or to mount accessories the profi les have slots. The MayTec Slot System (ï 1.02) distinguishes between the three slot types H-slot, F-slot and E-slot, whereas E-slot exists as E3-slot and E4-slot (3 or 4 mm wall thickness). 0 Symbols Many articles (fastening elements, accessories and tools) can only be used especially for individual profi le groups or slot types. In this case these articles are marked with the corresponding symbols. Profile group dark symbol: suitable for the corresponding profi le group light symbol: not suitable Slot type dark symbol: light symbol: suitable for the corresponding slot type not suitable Remark The symbol for the E-slot is used, if the article is (un)suitable for the two slot types E3 and E4. Cut These articles are offered with cut. R C! Stainless steel These articles are made of stainless steel. Cleanroom These articles are suitable for the use in and around cleanrooms. Attention! Important notice Abbreviations PG profile group e.g.: PG 30 = profi le group 30 mm L light profi le characteristic: light type of construction S heavy profi le characteristic: heavy type of construction P plain profi le characteristic: no ornamental slots Special characters ä Placeholder Example identifies the articles: Article-No ää.ä F F E E0.2 Example Reference ï 117 to catalogue page 1.41 to article number group to single article ää.ä to group of articles 5

8 Slot system 1.02 Cross section of slots Core hole-ø Slot width Slot depth Wall thickness PG H-slot F-slot E3-slot E4-slot

9 Numerical key for articles 1.03 Profiles 1. 1 ä. ä ä ä ä ä ä. ä ä äää 1. 1 ä. ä ä ä ä ä ä. ä ä äää 1. 1 ä. ä ä ä ä ä ä. ä ä äää 1. 1 ä. ä ä ä ä ä ä. ä ä äää 1. 1 ä. ä ä ä R ä ä. ä ä äää 1. 1 ä. ä ä ä ä k t. ä ä äää 1. 1 ä. ä ä ä ä ä ä. ä ä äää 1. 1 ä. ä ä ä ä ä ä. ä ä äää 1. 1 ä. ä ä ä ä ä ä. ä ä L 1. 1 ä. ä ä ä ä ä ä. ä ä S 1. 1 ä. ä ä ä ä ä ä. ä ä B 1. 1 ä. ä ä ä ä ä ä. ä ä L B 1. 1 ä. ä ä ä ä ä ä. ä ä P Key Core hole-ø 1) Profi le width Profi le height (all, but special profi les) Number of degrees (round profi les) Number of edges (special profi les) Slot quantity 2) Contour 3) Version light Version heavy Type B Version light, Type B Plain 1) 0 = 6.2 mm 1 = 12 mm 2) 2-digit off 10 slots 3) 0 = round 1 = Soft 2 = Corner 3 = Cubic 4 = Rectangle 5 = Pneumatic 7 = Angle 8 = Angle 45 9 = Special 0 Connectors - general 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä V ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä E ä / ä ä / ä ä / ä Key Core hole 1) Profi le width 2) Head-variant 3) Connection-variant 4) Stainless Ground Special cases: Parallel-connector across and high Profi le width for cross bushing Profi le width for anchor 1) 0 = 6.2 mm 1 = 12 mm 2) 2 = 20 mm 3 = 30 mm 4 = 40 mm 45 = 45 mm 5 = 50 mm 6 = 60 mm 3) E = E-head F = F-head H = H-head V = Extension 4) 0 = Universal / Neutral 1 = Standard 2 = Standard 90 4 = Square head 5 = Parallel -Oblique-hinge 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä K ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä V Key Oblique-connector, hinge Connection-variant 1) Stainless 1) 1 = Standard 2 = Standard 90 -Oblique-bent anchor 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä ä / ä ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä B ä ä / ä ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä ä / ä ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä ä / ä ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä ä / ä ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä ä / ä ä V ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä ä / ä ä ä E Key Oblique-connector, bent anchor Connection-variant 1) Design L/R Angle Stainless Ground 1) 1 = Standard 2 = Standard 90 -Miter-hinge 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä G ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä V Key Miter-connector, hinge Connection-variant 1) Stainless 1) 1 = Standard 2 = Standard 90 -Miter-bent anchor 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä / ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä G ä ä / ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä B ä / ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä / ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä / ä ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä / ä ä V Key Miter-connector Bent design Connection-variant 1) Angle Stainless 1) 1 = Standard 2 = Standard 90 -Screw-type 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä ä / ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä S ä ä ä / ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä ä / ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä M ä / ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä ä / ä ä 1. 2 ä. ä ä ä ä ä / ä ä Key Screw-type-connector Type of anchor 1) Thread Thread-Ø Screw special length 1) 1 = Standard 2 = Parallel 20 mm 3 = Parallel 30 mm 4 = Parallel 40 mm 5 = Parallel 50 mm ä / ä ä / ä ä / ä Special cases: Screw-type connector parallel across and high Profi le width for cross bushing Profi le width for anchor 7

10 Summary: Profi les plain plain plain plain plain L 1F LP S L S 1E LP 2E LP 4E LP 1E SP 2E SP ï 12 ï plain L 2H LP 4H LP 6H LP L 1F LP 1F LP 2F LP S S 2H s.sp 2H c.sp 3H SP 4H SP 4H SP 6H SP ï 13 ï 14 ï F SP plain L 1F LP 2F c.lp 2F LP 3F LP 4F LP 6F LP S 2F s.sp 0F SP 1F SP 2F c.sbp 2F SP 3F SP 4F SP 0F SP 6F SP 8F SP 10F SP 8F SP 5E 2F SP ï 16 ï 17 ï 18 ï 19 ï plain 2E s.lp 1E LP 2E c.lp 2E LP 3E LP 4E LP 0E LP 3E c.lp 4E LP 4E LBP 5E LP 6E LP 6E LP 10E LP 0E LP 4E c. LP 40 r r r r E LP 8E LP L 2F LP 2E LP 2E LP 2E LP 2E 45 LP 7E 45 LP S 0E SP 2E c.sp 4E SP 6E SP 7E SP ï 20 / 26 ï 21 / 26 ï 22 ï 23 ï 24 / E SP plain L 2E s.lp 0E LP 1E LP 2E c.lp 2E LP 3E LP 4E LP 4E LP 0E LP 6E LP 8E LP S 4E SP 0E SP 6E SP ï 28 ï 29 ï 30 8E SP plain L S plain L 2E LP 4E LP S 2E SP ï 32 4E SP 8

11 1.04 Summary: Profi les plain grooves grooves plain Profi le group 1.04 Slot type plain plain without grooves with grooves L S P B light heavy plain type B octag. c. r. s. a. octagonal corner round soft angle L 2F c.l 2F L 3F L 4F L 4F L 6F L 8F L 8E SP ï S 2F s.s 2F c.s 2F c.sb 3F S 4F S 4F S 6F S ï 34 ï F a.s E LP 2E s.l 2E c.l 2E L 3E L 4E L 4E L 6E L 8E L 8E L 8E LB 12E L L 10E SP 8E SP 12E SP ï 25 12E SP S 2E c.s 3E S 4E S 6E S 8E S 8E a.s 12E S ï 36 ï 37 ï L 4E L 4E L 6E L 8E L S E S 6E S 8E S ï L 2E c.l 2E L 3E L 4E L 6E L 8E L 8E L 12E SP ï 31 S 2E s.s 2E c.s 3E S 4E S 6E S 8E S 8E S 8E S ï 40 ï L 4E L 6E L S 4E S 6E S ï 42 9

12 Summary: Profi les 1.04 plain Profi les round Profi les octagonal 48 round 30 octag. 40 octag. 1E SP 2E c.sp 2E SP 8F SP 8E SP ï Telescopic profi les ï Catalogue "The Telescopic System" plain S 8E SBP 12E SP 16E SP Panel profi les Wire net profi les plain 0F LP 2F c.lp 4 3F LP 4 3F LP 4 2F LP 7.5 2F LP 7.5 2F LP 5 2F LP 5 L 2F LP 6 ï 44 ï plain L 2E c.lp 4 3E LP 4 3E LP 4 5E LP 4 6E LP 4 2E LP 7.5 2E 1F LP 7.5 ï 45 ï plain L 2E c.lp 4 3E LP 4 ï 46 Glass Panel Profi les ï Catalogue "Glass Panel Profi les" plain Compression profi le 57 4 Compression profi le 61 4 Compression profi le 60 4 Compression profi le 60 4 with chamfer L 2E c.lp 1E LP 4E LP 6E LP 4E a.lp 10

13 Summary: Profi les 1.05 E-trunking profi les plain Lid 30 Lid 40 Lid 80 Lid 200 Profi le pre-cut lid E SP for Clips ï 48 ï 49 ï 50 19" profi les 1 PG 30 PG 40 PG 50 ï Tube profi les Tubes plain L LP LP Ø20 2 Ø30 3 Ø40 4 ï 51 ï 51 Profi le pre-cut lids Sliding profi les ï 52 Wire net mounting profi les ï 53 C-track ï 52 ï 53 Grab handle profi les U-profi le ï ï 53 11

14 Profi le group 16 mm, F / E3-slot, P (plain) light core hole Ø6.2 for thread M8 bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M6 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Profi le 16 40, Profi le 16 40, Profi le 16 80, Profi le , 1F, LP 1E, LP 2E, LP 4E, LP LP LP LP LP LP.61 (20) LP.61 (20) LP.61 (10) LP.61 (5) I x = 4.4 I y = 0.8 I x = 4.3 I y = 0.8 I x = 30.7 I y = 1.6 I x = I y = 3.2 W x = 2.2 W y = 0.8 W x = 2.2 W y = 0.8 W x = 7.7 W y = 1.6 W x = 27.5 W y = 3.2 G = 0.87 G = 0.75 G = 1.49 G = 2.6 heavy bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M6 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m 12 Profi le 16 40, Profi le 16 80, 1E, SP 2E, SP SP SP SP.61 (20) SP.61 (10) I x = 7.2 I y = 1.1 I x = 48.3 I y = 2.2 W x = 3.6 W y = 1.1 W x = 12.0 W y = 2.2 G = 1.14 G = 2.11 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

15 Profi le group 20 mm, H-slot, P (plain) 1.10 light core hole Ø6.2 for thread M8 1 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Profi le 20 20, 2H, LP LP LP.61 (10) I x = 1.0 I y = 0.8 W x = 1.0 W y = 0.8 G = 0.58 heavy core hole Ø6.2 for thread M8 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Profi le 20 20, Profi le 20 20, Profi le 20 20, 2H, soft, SP 2H, corner, SP 3H, SP SP SP SP SP.61 (10) SP.61 (10) SP.61 (10) I x = 0.6 I y = 0.6 I x = 1.0 I y = 1.0 I x = 0.9 I y = 0.9 W x = 0.6 W y = 0.6 W x = 0.9 W y = 0.9 W x = 0.9 W y = 0.9 G = 0.52 G = 0.68 G = 0.65 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 13

16 Profi le group 20 mm, H-slot, P (plain) 1.10 light core hole Ø6.2 for thread M8 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Profi le 20 20, Profi le 20 40, 4H, LP 6H, LP LP LP LP.61 (10) LP.61 (10) I x = 0.8 I y = 0.8 I x = 5.3 I y = 1.4 W x = 0.8 W y = 0.8 W x = 2.6 W y = 1.4 G = 0.53 G = 0.9 heavy core hole Ø6.2 for thread M8 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m 14 Profi le 20 20, Profi le 20 40, Profi le 20 40, 4H, SP 4H, SP 6H, SP SP SP SP SP.61 (10) SP.61 (10) SP.61 (10) I x = 0.9 I y = 0.9 I x = 7.0 I y = 2.0 I x = 6.4 I y = 1.7 W x = 0.9 W y = 0.9 W x = 3.5 W y = 2.0 W x = 3.2 W y = 1.7 G = 0.62 G = 1.3 G = 1.3 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

17 Profi le group 20 mm, F-slot, P (plain) 1.11 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 1 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Profi le 20 10, Profi le 20 30, Profi le 20 30, 1F, LP 1F, LP 2F, LP LP LP LP LP.61 (10) LP.61 (10) LP.61 (10) I x = 0.1 I y = 0.6 I x = 2.2 I y = 1.4 I x = 2.2 I y = 1.5 W x = 0.2 W y = 0.5 W x = 1.5 W y = 1.4 W x = 1.5 W y = 1.5 G = 0.35 G = 0.7 G = 0.74 heavy core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A Profi le 20 30, 2F, SP SP SP.61 (10) I x = 2.6 I y = 1.9 W x = 1.7 W y = 1.7 G =

18 Profi le group 30 mm, F-slot, P (plain) 1.11 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Profi le 30 30, Profi le 30 30, 1F, LP 2F, corner, LP LP LP LP.61 (10) LP.61 (10) I x = 3.1 I y = 3.1 I x = 3.2 I y = 3.2 W x = 2.1 W y = 2.1 W x = 2.1 W y = 2.1 G = 0.9 G = 0.9 heavy core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m 16 Profi le 30 30, Profi le 30 30, Profi le 30 30, Profi le 30 30, 2F, soft, SP 0F, SP 1F, SP 2F, corner, SBP SP SP SP SBP SP.61 (10) SP.61 (10) SP.61 (10) SBP.61 (10) I x = 2.7 I y = 2.7 I x = 4.4 I y = 4.4 I x = 4.3 I y = 4.0 I x = 3.7 I y = 3.7 W x = 1.6 W y = 1.6 W x = 2.3 W y = 2.3 W x = 2.9 W y = 2.6 W x = 2.4 W y = 2.4 G = 0.9 G = 1.3 G = 1.2 G = 1.1 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

19 Profi le group 30 mm, F-slot, P (plain) Profi le 30 30, Profi le 30 30, Profi le 30 30, Profi le 30 60, 2F, LP 3F, LP 4F, LP 6F, LP LP LP LP LP LP.61 (10) LP.61 (10) LP.61 (10) LP.61 (6) I x = 3.2 I y = 3.2 I x = 3.0 I y = 3.0 I x = 3.3 I y = 3.3 I x = 21.1 I y = 5.9 W x = 2.1 W y = 2.1 W x = 2.0 W y = 2.0 W x = 2.2 W y = 2.2 W x = 7.4 W y = 3.9 G = 0.9 G = 0.9 G = 0.9 G = 1.6 Profi le 30 30, Profi le 30 30, Profi le 30 30, Profi le 30 60, Profi le 30 60, 2F, SP 3F, SP 4F, SP 0F, SP 6F, SP SP SP SP SP SP SP.61 (10) SP.61 (10) SP.61 (10) SP.61 (6) SP.61 (6) I x = 3.6 I y = 3.9 I x = 3.5 I y = 3.7 I x = 3.5 I y = 3.5 I x = 29.0 I y = 7.8 I x = 25.0 I y = 7.0 W x = 2.4 W y = 2.6 W x = 2.4 W y = 2.4 W x = 2.4 W y = 2.4 W x = 9.6 W y = 5.2 W x = 8.3 W y = 4.7 G = 1.1 G = 1.1 G = 1.1 G = 2.2 G = 2.1 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 17

20 Profi le group 30 mm, F / E4-slot, P (plain) 1.11 light Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m heavy core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 core hole Ø6,2 for thread M8 Description Profi le , Profi le , Profi le , 5E, 2F, SP 8F, SP 10F, SP bar, 6 m SP SP SP.60 packing unit (number) SP.61 (4) SP.61 (4) SP.61 (4) moment of inertia cm4 I x = I y = 12.4 I x = I y = 11.6 I x = I y = 11.9 moment of resistance cm3 W x = 21.7 W y = 8.3 W x = 22.9 W y = 7.7 W x = 25.4 W y = 7.9 weight kg/m G = 3.5 G = 3.4 G = machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

21 Profi le group 30 mm, F-slot, P (plain) Connection possibilities ï 106, Universal connector ï 110, ST-Connector core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Profi le , Profi le , 8F, SP 8E, SP SP SP SP.61 (2) SP.61 (2) I x = I y = 16.0 I x = I y = 25.1 W x = 45.0 W y = 11.0 W x = 64.1 W y = 16.7 G = 4.1 G = 7.9 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 19

22 Profi le group 40 mm, E3-slot, P (plain) 1.11 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Profi le 40 40, Profi le 40 40, Profi le 40 40, 2E, soft, LP 1E, LP 2E, corner, LP LP LP LP LP.61 (8) LP.61 (8) LP.61 (8) I x = 6.4 I y = 6.4 I x = 10.1 I y = 9.8 I x = 9.9 I y = 9.9 W x = 3.8 W y = 3.8 W x = 5.0 W y = 4.8 W x = 4.9 W y = 4.9 G = 1.2 G = 1.5 G = 1.5 heavy core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M6 bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M6 bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M6 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m 20 Profi le 40 40, Profi le 40 40, 0E, SP 2E, corner, SP SP SP SP.61 (8) SP.61 (8) I x = 12.6 I y = 12.6 I x = 12.0 I y = 12.0 W x = 6.3 W y = 6.3 W x = 6.0 W y = 6.0 G = 2.0 G = 2.0 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

23 Profi le group 40 mm, E3-slot, P (plain) Profi le 40 40, Profi le 40 40, Profi le 40 40, Profi le 40 80, Profi le 40 80, 2E, LP 3E, LP 4E, LP 0E, LP 3E, corner, LP LP LP LP LP LP LP.61 (8) LP.61 (8) LP.61 (8) LP.61 (8) LP.61 (4) I x = 8.2 I y = 7.5 I x = 9.5 I y = 9.9 I x = 9.6 I y = 9.6 I x = 66.8 I y = 18.4 I x = 66.9 I y = 18.1 W x = 4.1 W y = 3.8 W x = 4.7 W y = 4.9 W x = 4.7 W y = 4.7 W x = 16.7 W y = 9.2 W x = 16.7 W y = 9.0 G = 1.3 G = 1.5 G = 1.5 G = 2.7 G = 2.6 Profi le 40 40, 4E, SP SP SP.61 (8) I x = 12.0 I y = 12.0 W x = 6.0 W y = 6.0 G = 2.0 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 21

24 Profi le group 40 mm, E3-slot, P (plain) 1.11 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M6 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Profi le 40 80, Profi le 40 80, Profi le 40 80, Profi le 40 80, 4E, LP 4E, LBP 5E, LP 6E, LP LP LBP LP LP LP.61 (4) LBP.61 (4) LP.61 (4) LP.61 (4) I x = 65.8 I y = 18.1 I x = 74.5 I y = 18.3 I x = 72.2 I y = 18.1 I x = 65.4 I y = 17.5 W x = 16.5 W y = 9.0 W x = 18.6 W y = 9.2 W x = 18.0 W y = 9.0 W x = 16.4 W y = 8.8 G = 2.6 G = 2.8 G = 2.8 G = 2.5 heavy core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M6 bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M6 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m 22 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A Profi le 40 80, 6E, SP SP SP.61 (4) I x = 82.0 I y = 23.4 W x = 20.5 W y = 11.7 G = 3.8

25 Profi le group 40 mm, E3-slot, P (plain) Profi le , Profi le , 6E, LP 10E, LP LP LP LP.61 (2) LP.61 (2) I x = I y = 36.3 I x = I y = 33.1 W x = 56.3 W y = 18.1 W x = 54.2 W y = 16.5 G = 5.0 G = 4.7 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 23

26 Profi le group 40 mm, E3-slot, P (plain) 1.11 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Profi le 80 80, Profi le 80 80, Profi le 80 80, Profi le 80 80, 0E, LP 4E, corner, LP 6E, LP 8E, LP LP LP LP LP LP.61 (2) LP.61 (2) LP.61 (2) LP.61 (2) I x = I y = I x = I y = I x = I y = I x = I y = W x = 33.5 W y = 33.5 W x = 32.0 W y = 32.0 W x = 30.3 W y = 29.0 W x = 28.4 W y = 28.4 G = 4.7 G = 4.5 G = 4.2 G = 4.1 heavy bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M6 bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M6 bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M6 core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m 24 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A Profi le 80 80, Profi le 80 80, 7E, SP 8E, SP SP SP SP.61 (2) SP.61 (2) I x = I y = I x = I y = W x = 43.3 W y = 40.0 W x = 41.4 W y = 41.4 G = 7.6 G = 5.9

27 Profi le group 40 mm, E3-slot, P (plain) Profi le , 8E, LP LP LP.61 (2) I x = I y = W x = W y = 65.0 G = 8.6 ï E-trunking profi les, 50, Profi le , Profi le , Profi le , Profi le , 10E, SP 8E, SP 12E, SP 12E, SP SP SP SP SP SP.61 (2) SP.61 (2) SP.61 (2) SP.61 (2) I x = I y = I x = I y = I x = I y = I x = I y = W x = 72.6 W y = 54.4 W x = W y = 45.8 W x = W y = 67.3 W x = W y = G = 8.6 G = 7.9 G = 9.4 G = 10.6 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 25

28 Profi le group 40 mm, E3-slot, P (plain) 1.11 F-Slot light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 F-Slot Connection possibilities and calculation formulas for polygons ï 1.2E E3-Slot core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Profi le 40, round 30 deg., Profi le 40, round 45 deg., Profi le 40, round 60 deg., 2F, LP 2E, LP 2E, LP R30.20LP R45.20LP R60.20LP R30.20LP.61 (8) R45.20LP.61 (8) R60.20LP.61 (8) I x = 6.0 I y = 4.8 I x = 14.5 I y = 8.0 I x = 30.0 I y = 10.5 W x = 3.0 W y = 2.4 W x = 4.9 W y = 3.7 W x = 7.6 W y = 4.6 G = 1.2 G = 1.6 G = 1.9 light Connection possibilities and calculation formulas for polygons ï 1.2E core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m 26 Profi le 40, round 90 deg., 2E, LP R90.20LP R90.20LP.61 (4) I x = 89.0 I y = 89.0 W x = 16.0 W y = 16.0 G = 3.0 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

29 Profi le group 40 mm, E3-slot, P (plain) 1.11 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 1 bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M6 Description Profi le 40 40, Profi le 80 80, 2E, 45 deg., LP 7E, 45 deg., LP bar, 6 m LP LP.60 packing unit (number) LP.61 (8) LP.61 (2) moment of inertia cm4 I x = 7.3 I y = 7.3 I x = 99.3 I y = 99.3 moment of resistance cm3 W x = 3.9 W y = 3.9 W x = 24.8 W y = 24.8 weight kg/m G = 1.4 G = 4.0 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 27

30 Profi le group 45 mm, E4-slot, P (plain) 1.11 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Profi le 45 45, Profi le 45 45, Profi le 45 45, Profi le 45 45, 2E, soft, LP 0E, LP 1E, LP 2E, corner, LP LP LP LP LP LP.61 (8) LP.61 (8) LP.61 (8) LP.61 (8) I x = 11.4 I y = 11.4 I x = 15.5 I y = 15.5 I x = 14.7 I y = 15.5 I x = 14.7 I y = 14.7 W x = 5.1 W y = 5.1 W x = 6.9 W y = 6.9 W x = 6.5 W y = 6.8 W x = 6.6 W y = 6.6 G = 1.6 G = 2.2 G = 2.1 G = 2.0 heavy core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 bore hole for thread M10 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m 28 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

31 Profi le group 45 mm, E4-slot, P (plain) Profi le 45 45, Profi le 45 45, Profi le 45 45, Profi le 45 60, Profi le 45 90, 2E, LP 3E, LP 4E, LP 4E, LP 0E, LP LP LP LP LP LP LP.61 (8) LP.61 (8) LP.61 (8) LP.61 (6) LP.61 (4) I x = 14.0 I y = 15.5 I x = 14.0 I y = 14.7 I x = 13.5 I y = 13.5 I x = 26.5 I y = 16.0 I x = I y = 30.4 W x = 6.2 W y = 6.9 W x = 6.2 W y = 6.5 W x = 6.0 W y = 6.0 W x = 9.0 W y = 7.2 W x = 23.9 W y = 13.5 G = 2.0 G = 2.1 G = 1.9 G = 2.3 G = 3.6 Profi le 45 45, Profi le 45 90, 4E, SP 0E, SP SP SP SP.61 (8) SP.61 (4) I x = 15.5 I y = 15.5 I x = I y = 36.3 W x = 6.9 W y = 6.9 W x = 29.8 W y = 16.2 G = 2.1 G = 4.7 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 29

32 Profi le group 45 mm, E4-slot, P (plain) 1.11 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description Profi le 45 90, Profi le 90 90, 6E, LP 8E, LP bar, 6 m LP LP.60 packing unit (number) LP.61 (4) LP.61 (2) moment of inertia cm4 I x = 98.0 I y = 27.5 I x = I y = moment of resistance cm3 W x = 21.8 W y = 12.2 W x = 42.3 W y = 42.3 weight kg/m G = 3.3 G = 5.6 heavy core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M6 bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M10 Description Profi le 45 90, Profi le 90 90, 6E, SP 8E, SP bar, 6 m SP SP.60 packing unit (number) SP.61 (4) SP.61 (2) moment of inertia cm4 I x = I y = 34.0 I x = I y = moment of resistance cm3 W x = 28.0 W y = 15.0 W x = 63.0 W y = 63.0 weight kg/m G = 4.4 G = machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

33 Profi le group 50 mm, E4-slot, P (plain) 1.11 light 1 heavy core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 bore hole for thread M12 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Profi le , 12E, SP SP SP.61 (2) I x = 2,450 I y = 760 W x = 250 W y = 152 G = 17.2 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 31

34 Profi le group 60 mm, E4-slot, P (plain) 1.11 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description Profi le 60 60, Profi le 60 60, 2E, LP 4E, LP bar, 6 m LP LP.60 packing unit (number) LP.61 (6) LP.61 (6) moment of inertia cm4 I x = 35.1 I y = 37.7 I x = 35.5 I y = 35.5 moment of resistance cm3 W x = 11.7 W y = 12.5 W x = 11.7 W y = 11.7 weight kg/m G = 2.9 G = 2.7 heavy core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 bore hole for thread M14 Description Profi le 60 60, Profi le 60 60, 2E, SP 4E, SP bar, 6 m SP SP.60 packing unit (number) SP.61 (6) SP.61 (6) moment of inertia cm4 I x = 55.9 I y = 58.5 I x = 56.0 I y = 56.0 moment of resistance cm3 W x = 18.6 W y = 19.5 W x = 18.7 W y = 18.7 weight kg/m G = 4.3 G = machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

35 33 1

36 Profi le group 30 mm, F-slot (with grooves) 1.11 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Profi le 30 30, Profi le 30 30, Profi le 30 30, 2F, corner, L 2F, L 3F, L L L L L.61 (10) L.61 (10) L.61 (10) I x = 3.2 I y = 3.2 I x = 3.2 I y = 3.2 I x = 3.3 I y = 3.2 W x = 2.1 W y = 2.1 W x = 2.2 W y = 2.2 W x = 2.2 W y = 2.2 G = 0.9 G = 0.9 G = 0.9 heavy core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m 34 Profi le 30 30, Profi le 30 30, Profi le 30 30, Profi le 30 30, 2F, soft, S 2F, corner, S 2F, corner, SB 3F, S S S SB S S.61 (10) S.61 (10) SB.61 (10) S.61 (10) I x = 2.7 I y = 2.7 I x = 3.7 I y = 3.7 I x = 3.7 I y = 3.7 I x = 3.5 I y = 3.7 W x = 1.6 W y = 1.6 W x = 2.4 W y = 2.4 W x = 2.4 W y = 2.4 W x = 2.4 W y = 2.4 G = 0.9 G = 1.1 G = 1.1 G = 1.1 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

37 Profi le group 30 mm, F-slot (with grooves) Profi le 30 30, Profi le 30 50, Profi le 30 60, Profi le 60 60, 4F, L 4F, L 6F, L 8F, L L L L L L.61 (10) L.61 (6) L.61 (6) L.61 (8) I x = 3.3 I y = 3.3 I x = 11.0 I y = 4.3 I x = 21.9 I y = 5.8 I x = 38.7 I y = 38.7 W x = 2.2 W y = 2.2 W x = 4.8 W y = 3.3 W x = 7.4 W y = 3.8 W x = 12.9 W y = 12.9 G = 0.9 G = 1.3 G = 1.6 G = 2.6 Profi le 30 30, Profi le 30 50, Profi le 30 60, Profi le 60 60, 4F, S 4F, S 6F, S 8F, angle, S S S S S S.61 (10) S.61 (6) S.61 (6) S.61 (4) I x = 3.5 I y = 3.5 I x = 16.9 I y = 6.6 I x = 25.0 I y = 7.0 I x = 35.2 I y = 35.2 W x = 2.4 W y = 2.4 W x = 6.7 W y = 4.4 W x = 8.3 W y = 4.7 W x = 9.9 W y = 9.9 G = 1.1 G = 2.0 G = 2.1 G = 2.8 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 35

38 Profi le group 40 mm, E3-slot (with grooves) 1.11 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M6 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Profi le 40 40, Profi le 40 40, Profi le 40 40, Profi le 40 40, 2E, soft, L 2E, corner, L 2E, L 3E, L L L L L L.61 (8) L.61 (8) L.61 (8) L.61 (8) I x = 6.4 I y = 6.4 I x = 8.0 I y = 8.0 I x = 8.2 I y = 7.5 I x = 8.3 I y = 8.8 W x = 3.8 W y = 3.8 W x = 4.0 W y = 4.0 W x = 4.1 W y = 3.8 W x = 4.1 W y = 4.4 G = 1.2 G = 1.3 G = 1.3 G = 1.4 heavy core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M6 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m 36 Profi le 40 40, Profi le 40 40, 2E, corner, S 3E, S S S S.61 (8) S.61 (8) I x = 12.3 I y = 12.3 I x = 12.0 I y = 12.3 W x = 6.1 W y = 6.1 W x = 6.0 W y = 6.0 G = 2.0 G = 2.0 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

39 Profi le group 40 mm, E3-slot (with grooves) Profi le 40 40, Profi le 40 80, Profi le 40 80, Profi le , 4E, L 4E, L 6E, L 8E, L L L L L L.61 (8) L.61 (4) L.61 (4) L.61 (2) I x = 9.9 I y = 9.9 I x = 63.2 I y = 17.8 I x = 62.7 I y = 17.0 I x = I y = 25.2 W x = 4.9 W y = 4.9 W x = 15.7 W y = 8.9 W x = 15.6 W y = 8.5 W x = 34.2 W y = 12.6 G = 1.5 G = 2.6 G = 2.6 G = 3.6 Profi le 40 40, Profi le 40 80, 4E, S 6E, S S S S.61 (8) S.61 (4) I x = 12.0 I y = 12.0 I x = 82.0 I y = 23.4 W x = 6.0 W y = 6.0 W x = 20.5 W y = 11.7 G = 2.0 G = 3.8 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 37

40 Profi le group 40 mm, E3-slot (with grooves) 1.11 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M6 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Profi le 80 80, Profi le 80 80, Profi le , 8E, L 8E, LB 12E, L L LB L L.61 (2) LB.61 (2) L.61 (2) I x = I y = I x = I y = I x = I y = W x = 28.0 W y = 28.0 W x = 29.0 W y = 29.0 W x = W y = 59.0 G = 4.1 G = 4.5 G = 8.8 heavy core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M6 Description Profi le 80 80, Profi le 80 80, Profi le , 8E, S 8E, angle, S 12E, S bar, 6 m S S S.60 packing unit (number) S.61 (2) S.61 (2) S.61 (2) moment of inertia cm4 I x = I y = I x = I y = I x = I y = moment of resistance cm3 W x = 41.4 W y = 41.4 W x = 23.8 W y = 23.8 W x = W y = 67.0 weight kg/m G = 5.9 G = 5.1 G = machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

41 Profi le group 45 mm, E4-slot (with grooves) 1.11 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 1 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Profi le 45 45, Profi le 45 60, Profi le 45 90, Profi le 90 90, 4E, L 4E, L 6E, L 8E, L L L L L L.61 (8) L.61 (6) L.61 (4) L.61 (2) I x = 13.5 I y = 13.5 I x = 26.5 I y = 16.0 I x = 98.0 I y = 27.5 I x = I y = W x = 6.0 W y = 6.0 W x = 9.0 W y = 7.2 W x = 21.8 W y = 12.2 W x = 40.7 W y = 40.7 G = 1.9 G = 2.3 G = 3.3 G = 5.3 heavy core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M6 bore hole Ø5.0 for thread M10 Description Profi le 45 45, Profi le 45 90, Profi le 90 90, 4E, S 6E, S 8E, S bar, 6 m S S S.60 packing unit (number) S.61 (8) S.61 (4) S.61 (2) moment of inertia cm4 I x = 16.8 I y = 16.8 I x = I y = 34.0 I x = I y = moment of resistance cm3 W x = 7.4 W y = 7.4 W x = 28.0 W y = 15.0 W x = 63.0 W y = 63.0 weight kg/m G = 2.3 G = 4.4 G = 9.5 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 39

42 Profi le group 50 mm, E4-slot (with grooves) 1.11 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Profi le 50 50, Profi le 50 50, Profi le 50 50, 2E, corner, L 2E, L 3E, L L L L L.61 (6) L.61 (6) L.61 (6) I x = 16.5 I y = 16.5 I x = 17.7 I y = 13.6 I x = 18.4 I y = 16.0 W x = 6.7 W y = 6.7 W x = 7.0 W y = 5.4 W x = 7.3 W y = 5.8 G = 1.7 G = 1.6 G = 1.9 heavy core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 bore hole for thread M12 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m 40 Profi le 50 50, Profi le 50 50, Profi le 50 50, 2E, soft, S 2E, corner, S 3E, S S S S S.61 (6) S.61 (6) S.61 (6) I x = 18.8 I y = 18.8 I x = 27.4 I y = 27.4 I x = 27.3 I y = 28.2 W x = 7.5 W y = 7.5 W x = 10.9 W y = 10.9 W x = 11.1 W y = 11.1 G = 2.3 G = 3.0 G = 3.1 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

43 Profi le group 50 mm, E4-slot (with grooves) Profi le 50 50, Profi le , Profi le , Profi le , 4E, L 6E, L 8E, L 8E, L L L L L L.61 (6) L.61 (3) L.61 (3) L.61 (2) I x = 19.2 I y = 19.2 I x = I y = 37.0 I x = I y = 40.0 I x = I y = W x = 7.7 W y = 7.7 W x = 27.5 W y = 14.5 W x = 27.5 W y = 16.0 W x = 45.4 W y = 45.4 G = 2.2 G = 3.5 G = 4.0 G = 6.2 Profi le 50 50, Profi le , Profi le , Profi le , Profi le , 4E, S 6E, S 8E, S 8E, S 8E, S S S S S S S.61 (6) S.61 (3) S.61 (3) S.61 (2) S.61 (2) I x = 27.3 I y = 27.3 I x = I y = 57.2 I x = I y = 53.3 I x = I y = 83.0 I x = I y = W x = 11.0 W y = 11.0 W x = 40.4 W y = 22.8 W x = 39.9 W y = 21.3 W x = 83.0 W y = 33.0 W x = 82.0 W y = 82.0 G = 3.1 G = 5.9 G = 6.0 G = 8.1 G = 9.7 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 41

44 Profi le group 60 mm, E4-slot (with grooves) 1.11 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description Profi le 60 60, Profi le 60 90, 4E, L 6E, L bar, 6 m L L.60 packing unit (number) L.61 (6) L.61 (3) moment of inertia cm4 I x = 35.5 I y = 35.5 I x = I y = 54.3 moment of resistance cm3 W x = 11.7 W y = 11.7 W x = 27.9 W y = 18.1 weight kg/m G = 2.7 G = 3.9 heavy core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description Profi le 60 60, Profi le 60 90, 4E, S 6E, S bar, 6 m S S.60 packing unit (number) S.61 (6) S.61 (3) moment of inertia cm4 I x = 56.0 I y = 56.0 I x = I y = 83.0 moment of resistance cm3 W x = 18.7 W y = 18.7 W x = 43.0 W y = 27.5 weight kg/m G = 4.2 G = machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

45 Profi les 48, round, P (plain) 1.11 heavy core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 1 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m heavy Profi le 48, round, Profi le 48, round, Profi le 48, round, 1E, SP 2E, corner, SP 2E, SP R00.10SP R00.22SP R00.20SP R00.10SP.61 (6) R00.22SP.61 (6) R00.20SP.61 (6) I x = 12.5 I y = 12.9 I x = 12.0 I y = 12.0 I x = 12.5 I y = 13.5 W x = 4.9 W y = 5.4 W x = 5.0 W y = 5.0 W x = 5.1 W y = 5.9 G = 1.8 G = 2.0 G = 2.0 Profi les octagonal, P (plain) core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Profi le 30, octagonal, Profi le 40, octagonal, 8F, SP 8E, SP kt.89SP kt.89SP kt.89SP.61 (2) kt.89SP.61 (2) I x = 84.0 I y = 84.0 I x = I y = W x = 21.0 W y = 21.0 W x = 44.0 W y = 44.0 G = 3.9 G = 6.5 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 43

46 Panel profi les 30, F-slot, P (plain) 1.14 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Panel profi le 30 30, Panel profi le 30 30, Panel profi le 30 30, Panel profi le 30 50, 0F, LP 2F, corner, LP 4 3F, LP 4 3F, LP LP LP LP LP LP0.61 (10) LP4.61 (10) LP4.61 (10) LP4.61 (6) I x = 3.8 I y = 3.8 I x = 3.3 I y = 3.3 I x = 3.3 I y = 2.8 I x = 5.5 I y = 11.8 W x = 2.4 W y = 2.4 W x = 2.2 W y = 2.2 W x = 2.2 W y = 1.8 W x = 3.6 W y = 4.8 G = 1.1 G = 1.0 G = 0.9 G = 1.5 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m 44 Panel profi le 30 30, Panel profi le 30 50, Panel profi le 30 30, 2F, LP 5 2F, LP 5 2F, LP LP LP LP LP5.61 (10) LP5.61 (10) LP6.61 (6) I x = 4.3 I y = 3.3 I x = 7.0 I y = 14.7 I x = 3.6 I y = 2.8 W x = 2.8 W y = 2.2 W x = 4.7 W y = 5.9 W x = 2.4 W y = 1.9 G = 1.2 G = 1.9 G = 1.0 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

47 Panel profi les 40, E3-slot, P (plain) 1.14 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 1 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Panel profi le 40 40, Panel profi le 40 40, Panel profi le 40 60, Panel profi le 60 80, 2E, corner, LP 4 3E, LP 4 3E, LP 4 5E, LP LP LP LP LP LP4.61 (8) LP4.61 (8) LP4.61 (8) LP4.61 (4) I x = 10.3 I y = 10.3 I x = 10.2 I y = 8.7 I x = 14.8 I y = 26.3 I x = I y = 50.4 W x = 5.2 W y = 5.2 W x = 5.1 W y = 4.3 W x = 7.4 W y = 8.8 W x = 25.1 W y = 16.8 G = 1.8 G = 1.65 G = 2.4 G = 3.8 light Profi le for door stop core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Assembly drawing Assembly drawing Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Panel profi le 60 80, 6E, LP LP LP4.61 (4) I x = 88.1 I y = 52.0 W x = 22.1 W y = 17.3 G = 3.7 Profi le 20 30, 1F, LP LP LP.61 (10) I x = 2.2 I y = 1.4 I x = I y = 64.0 I x = 89.2 I y = 53.3 W x = 1.5 W y = 1.4 W x = 28.5 W y = 21.3 W x = 22.3 W y = 17.7 G = 0.7 G = 4.5 G = 4.4 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 45

48 Panel profi les 50, E4-slot, P (plain) 1.14 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m Panel profi le 50 50, Panel profi le 50 50, 2E, corner, LP 4 3E, LP LP LP LP4.61 (6) LP4.61 (6) I x = 19.4 I y = 19.4 I x = 24.1 I y = 21.4 W x = 7.6 W y = 7.6 W x = 8.0 W y = 8.5 G = 2.4 G = machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

49 Wire net profi les 30, F-slot, P (plain) 1.15 light core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 1 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm4 moment of resistance cm3 weight kg/m light Wire net profi le 30 30, Wire net profi le 30 45, 2F, LP 7.5 2F, LP LP LP LP7.61 (10) LP7.61 (8) I x = 2.6 I y = 3.2 I x = 4.3 I y = 7.4 W x = 1.7 W y = 2.1 W x = 2.9 W y = 3.3 G = 0.86 G = 1.15 Wire net profi les 40, F / E3-slot, P (plain) core hole Ø12.0 for thread M14 Description Wire net profi le 40 40, Wire net profi le 40 60, 2E, LP 7.5 2E, 1F, LP 7.5 bar, 6 m LP LP7.60 packing unit (number) LP7.61 (8) LP7.61 (8) moment of inertia cm4 I x = 7.5 I y = 8.2 I x = 12.2 I y = 22.5 moment of resistance cm3 W x = 3.8 W y = 4.1 W x = 6.1 W y = 7.5 weight kg/m G = 1.35 G = 1.97 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 47

50 E-trunking 1.19 Cover profile 30 Description E-trunking profi le, lid 30 bar, 6 m packing unit cut to length (number) D D.61 (8) D-A00A00/... weight kg/m G = 0.24 Base profiles 30 material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25 tensile strength: 250 N/mm 2 surface: natural anodised Description bar, 6 m packing unit cut to length (number) E-trunking profi le G G.61 (8) G-A00A00/... weight kg/m End plates ï 318 G = 0.38 Cover profile 40 Description E-trunking profi le, lid 40 bar, 6 m packing unit cut to length (number) D D.61 (8) D-A00A00/... weight kg/m G = 0.35 Base profiles 40 material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25 tensile strength: 250 N/mm 2 surface: natural anodised Description E-trunking bar, 6 m profiles Cover packing profi unit le (number) cut to length weight kg/m 48 E-trunking profi le 40 20, E-trunking profi le E-trunking profi le E-trunking profi le for clips G G G G G.61 (16) G.61 (16) G.61 (8) G.61 (4) G-A00A00/ G-A00A00/ G-A00A00/ G-F00F00/... G = 0.50 G = 0.30 G = 0.61 G = 1.24 End plates ï 318 (/... = Length in mm)

51 E-trunking 1.19 Cover profile 80 Description E-trunking profi le, lid 80 bar, 6 m packing unit cut to length (number) D D.61 (4) D-F00F00/... weight kg/m G = 0.59 Base profiles 80 1 material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25 tensile strength: 250 N/mm 2 surface: natural anodised Description bar, 6 m packing unit cut to length weight (number) kg/m E-trunking profi le E-trunking profi le G G G.61 (4) G.61 (2) G-F00F00/ G-F00F00/... G = 1.20 G = 1.55 End plates ï 318 Cover profile 200 Description E-trunking profi le, lid 200 bar, 6 m packing unit cut to length (number) D D.61 (2) D-L00L00/... weight kg/m G = 1.50 Base profile 200 material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25 tensile strength: 250 N/mm 2 surface: natural anodised Description bar, 6 m packing unit cut to length (number) E-trunking profi le G G.61 (2) G-L00L00/... weight kg/m G = 2.00 End plates ï 318 (/... = Length in mm) 49

52 E-trunking, 19" profi les 1.19 E-trunking profile 160 Base profi le: Profi le , 8E, SP ï 25, Cover profi le: Profi le pre-cut lid 120 ï 52, material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25 tensile strength: 250 N/mm 2 surface: natural anodised Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm 4 moment of resistance cm 3 weight kg/m Profi le , 8E, SP SP SP.61 (2) I x = I y = W x = W y = 45.8 G = 7.9 G = 1.80 Profi le pre-cut lid L00L00/... (cut to length) 19" profiles material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25 tensile strength: 250 N/mm 2 surface: natural anodised Description bar, 6 m cut to length weight kg/m 19" profi le, PG 30 19" profi le, PG 40 19" profi le, PG A00A00/ A00A00/ A00A00/... G = 0.4 G = 0.45 G = (/... = Length in mm); machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

53 Tube profi les 30, P (plain) 1.17 light 1 Description bar, 6 m packing unit (number) moment of inertia cm 4 moment of resistance cm 3 weight kg/m Tube profi le 30 60, Tube profi le , LP LP LP LP LP.61 (6) LP.61 (4) I x = 24.0 I y = 7.5 I x = 90.0 I y = 12.0 W x = 8.0 W y = 5.0 W x = 18.0 W y = 8.0 G = 1.47 G = 2.20 Tubes 1.19 Tubes material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F22 tensile strength: 220 N/mm 2 surface: natural anodised Description bar, 6 m cut to length weight kg/m Tube Ø20 2 Tube Ø30 3 Tube Ø A00A00/ A00A00/ A00A00/... G = 0.3 G = 0.7 G = 1.3 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 51

54 Profi le pre-cut lids, Wire net mounting profi les, Grab handle profi les 1.19 Profile pre-cut lids ï E-trunking profi les, 50, material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25 tensile strength: 250 N/mm 2 surface: natural anodised Description bar, 6 m cut to length weight kg/m Profi le pre-cut lid 30 Profi le pre-cut lid 40 Profi le pre-cut lid 50 Profi le pre-cut lid A00A00/ A00A00/ F00F00/ L00L00/... G = 0.49 G = 0.74 G = 0.85 G = 1.80 Wire net mounting profiles material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25 tensile strength: 250 N/mm 2 surface: natural anodised Description bar, 6 m cut to length weight kg/m Wire net mounting profi le Wire net mounting profi le A00A00/ A00A00/... G = 0.3 G = 0.4 Grab handle profiles F-slot material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25 tensile strength: 250 N/mm 2 surface: natural anodised Description bar, 6 m cut to length weight 52 kg/m Grab handle profi le Grab handle profi le A00A00/ A00A00/... G = 0.3 G = 0.73 (/... = Length in mm)

55 Sliding profi les, U-profi le, C-track 1.19 Sliding profiles material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25 tensile strength: 250 N/mm 2 surface: natural anodised 1 Description bar, 6 m cut to length weight kg/m Sliding profi le Sliding profi le Sliding profi le Sliding profi le A00A00/ A00A00/ A00A00/ A00A00/... G = 0.4 G = 0.6 G = 0.5 G = 0.8 Sliding profile material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25 tensile strength: 250 N/mm 2 surface: natural anodised Description bar, 6 m cut to length weight kg/m Sliding profi le A00A00/... G = 0.6 U-profile C-track material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25 tensile strength: 250 N/mm 2 surface: natural anodised material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25 tensile strength: 250 N/mm 2 surface: natural anodised Description U-profi le 40 Description C-track bar, 6 m cut to length A00A00/... bar, 6 m cut to length A00A00/... weight kg/m G = 1.35 weight kg/m G = 0.6 (/... = Length in mm) 53

56 Profi le machining 1.1A Summary Saw cut Cross bushing bores for connectors Bores for parallel-connector Cross bore Thread ï 55 ï 56 ï 56 ï 56 ï 56 Comments Profi le machinings are defi ned by the article-number of the profi le. For more complex machinings, additional order descriptions are needed. Non-standard machinings will be completed as per drawings Order description Profile machining left right profi le side Order-No.: 1.ää.ääääää.ääää - ääääää / ääää ääääää / ääää saw cut ï 55 ääääää / ääää cross bushing bores, bores for parallel-connector, cross bore, thread ï 56 ääääää / ääää direction ï 57 ääääää / ääää length in mm Order example Description Profi le 40 40, 4E-slots, S Length: 800 mm right side: 1 connector bore Article-No. Article-Description S-A00AA4/800 Profi le 40 40, 4E-slots, S ääää... Specifi cations for special profi le machining coding examples ï 1.1B 54

57 Profi le machining 1.1A Saw cut Saw cut tolerance: ±0.1 mm Disposition of angles View Cut is right view For angle cuts specify the absolute length Angle cuts without specifi cation = 45 Specifi cation for special angle: Special angle, left: ää.ä Special angle, right: ää.ä Price group A B 1F 1E F LP F LP 2F LP 1-45 to the vertical C 2H soft 2H c. 2H 3H 4H 4H 6H 8H + 45 to the vertical D - 45 to the horizontal E 2F soft 0F 1F 2F c. 2F c. B 2F 3F 4F 4F 0F 6F 0F F c F to the horizontal r r.45 3F F 3F E soft 0E 1E 2E c. 2E 3E 4E 2F 2E 2E round 2E c. 3E 2E 2E soft 0E 1E 2E c. 2E 3E 4E E 2E c. 2E E soft 2E c. 2E 3E 4E 2E c. 3E Price group F 0 G 2E 5E 2F 8F 10F 8F 8F angle - 45 to the vertical H r to the vertical - 45 to the horizontal I 0E 3E c. 4E 4E B 5E 6E 8E 2E 2E 1F 3E to the horizontal K E 6E 4E 0E 6E 6E 8E 2E 4E Price group r.90 L 0 M - 45 to the vertical + 45 to the vertical N 4E 8F 8E 6E E 10E 8E 8E E 2E O - 45 to the horizontal + 45 to the horizontal P 0E 4E c. 6E 7E 8E E B 8E angle 7E E 30 octag. 40 octag. 8E 8E 6E 8E 12E 8F 8E 55

58 Profi le machining 1.1A Cross bushing bore for connector Disposition rule for connectors at opposed profi le sides Specifi ed Position Example Direction of bore number of bores 1 = A 6 = F 2 = B 7 = G 3 = C 8 = H 4 = D 9 = I 5 = E 10 = K 0 = without machining 1 Side 1 and Side 3 2 Side 2 and Side 4 Bores for parallel-connector Specifi cation for special position: Position for cross bushing bore, left: Position for cross bushing bore, right: äää... äää... initials (ï 57, Direction and Position ) Parallel-connector = Z without machining = 0 distance left right Direction data for anchor Cross bore Specifi cation for parallel-connector: text distance direction Parallel-connector, distance left: ää.ä mm, anchor left / right Parallel-connector, distance right: ää.ä mm, anchor left / right Cross bore = Q without machining = 0 distance Thread Specifi cation for cross bore: Cross bore, left: Øää mm, distance ää mm Cross bore, right: Øää mm, distance ää mm core hole-ø 6 mm core hole-ø 12 mm Specifi cation for special thread designs: Depth of thread, left: äää... mm Depth of thread, right: äää... mm number of threads 1 = L 6 = S 2 = M 7 = T 3 = N 8 = U 4 = P 9 = V 5 = R 10 = W 0 = without machining Further machining possibilities as per sketch. 56 Position of thread, left: Position of thread, right: äää... äää... small letters (ï 57, Direction and Position )

59 Profi le machining 1.1A Direction and Position View Description Direction: 1-4 Position of slot: A - M Position of thread: a - h 1 57

60 Profi le machining 1.1B Coding examples for price group 1 -A00A00 -A00A00 -A00A00 -A00AA4 -A00AB4 -A00AB1 -A00AB4 1V 2V 2V 2V -AA4AA4 -AB4AB4 -AB1AB1 -AB4AB4 1V 1V 2V 2V 2V 2V 2V 2V -A00AL0 -A00AL0 -A00AD2 1G 1G 4V -AL0AL0 -AL0AL0 -AB4AD2 1G 1G 1G 1G 2V 4V -AL0AA4 -AL0AB4 -AL0AB1 -AD2AD2 1G 1V 1G 2V 1G 2V 4V 4V -A00AQ1 -AM0AB4 -AM0AB1 -AP0AD2 1Q 2G 2V 2G 2V 4G 4V -AA4AQ1 -A00AM0 -A00AP0 1V 1Q 2G 4G -AQ1AQ1 -AM0AM0 -AP0AP0 1Q 1Q 2G 2G 4G 4G -AL0AQ1 -AL0AM0 -A00C00 1G 1Q 1G 2G top view -A00C00 -A00C00 -A00E00 -A00CD2 4V -A00CA4 -A00CB4 -A00EB1 -AD2CD2 1V 2V 2V 4V 4V -AA4CA4 -AB4CB4 -AB1EB1 -AD1CD1 1V 1V 2V 2V 2V 2V 4V 4V -AL0CA4 -AL0CB4 -AL0EB1 -C00C00 1G 1V 1G 2V 1G 2V -C00C00 -C00C00 -E00E00 -CD2CD2 4V 4V -CA4CA4 -CB4CB4 -EB1EB1 -CD1CD1 1V 1V 2V 2V 2V 2V 4V 4V 58 V = connector bore, G = thread, Q = cross bore

61 Profi le machining 1.1B Coding examples for price group 2 -F00F00 -F00F00 -F00F00 -F00FA4 -F00FB4 -F00FB1 -F00FB4 1V 2V 2V 2V -FA4FA4 -FB4FB4 -FB1FB1 -FB4FB4 1V 1V 2V 2V 2V 2V 2V 2V 1 -F00FL0 -F00FL0 -F00FD2 1G 1G 4V -FL0FL0 -FL0FL0 -FB4FD2 1G 1G 1G 1G 2V 4V -FL0FA4 -FL0FB4 -FL0FB1 -FD2FD2 1G 1V 1G 2V 1G 2V 4V 4V -F00FQ1 -FM0FB4 -FM0FB1 -FP0FD2 1Q 2G 2V 2G 2V 4G 4V -FA4FQ1 -F00FM0 -F00FP0 1V 1Q 2G 4G -FQ1FQ1 -FM0FM0 -FP0FP0 1Q 1Q 2G 2G 4G 4G -FL0FQ1 -FL0FM0 -F00H00 1G 1Q 1G 2G top view -F00H00 -F00H00 -F00K00 -F00HD2 4V -F00HA4 -F00HB4 -F00KB1 -FD2HD2 1V 2V 2V 4V 4V -FA4HA4 -FB4HB4 -FB1KB1 -FD1HD1 1V 1V 2V 2V 2V 2V 4V 4V -FL0HA4 -FL0HB4 -FL0KB1 -H00H00 1G 1V 1G 2V 1G 2V -H00H00 -H00H00 -K00K00 -HD2HD2 4V 4V -HA4HA4 -HB4HB4 -KB1KB1 -HD1HD1 1V 1V 2V 2V 2V 2V 4V 4V V = connector bore, G = thread, Q = cross bore 59

62 Profi le machining 1.1B Coding examples for price group 3 -L00L00 -L00L00 -L00L00 2V 2V 4V 4G -L00LB4 2V -LB4LB4 2V -L00LD2 4V -LB4LD2 4V -LD2LD2 4V -LP0LD2 4V -L00LB4 -L00LB1 1 2V 2V 4V -LB4LB4 -LB1LB1 2 2V 2V 2V 2V 4V 4V -L00LD4 -L00LH2 4V 8V -LD4LD4 -LH2LH2 4V 4V 8V 8V -L00LM0 -L00LU0 2G top view 8G -L00N00 -L00P00 -L00N00 4G -L00LP0 4G -LP0LP0 4G -L00N00 -LB4NB4 -L00PB1 3 2V 2V 2V 4V -LD4ND4 -LB1PB1 -LH2NH2 4V 4V 2V 2V 8V 8V -N00N00 -P00P00 -N00N00 1G 4V -LL0ND2 4V -LD2ND2 4V -NB4NB4 -PB1PB1 4 2V 2V 2V 2V 4V 4V -ND4ND4 -ND1ND1 60 4V 4V 4V 4V 4V 4V -LD1ND1 -N00N00 -ND2ND2 -ND1ND1 V = connector bore, G = thread, Q = cross bore 4V 4V 4V 4V Order examples for special design Article-No.. Description ääääää.äääää -L00LD2 Profi le äää äää.äääää Connector position, right: CFIM (additional description) ääääää.äääää -LD2LD2 Profi le äää äää.äääää Connector position, left: CFIM (additional description) Connector position, right: CFIM ääääää.äääää -L00ND2 Profi le äää äää.äääää Connector position, right: CFIM (additional description) ääääää.äääää -ND2ND2 Profi le äää äää.äääää Connector position, left: CFIM (additional description) Connector position, right: CFIM

63 1.1C Extruded profile as per DIN EN (fi ne) (Replacement for DIN 17615) Aluminium alloy AI Mg Si 0.5 F25 Material Nr (low temp. annealed) Mechanical data (Values given in the direction of the press flow) Tensile strength Rm: min. 250 N/mm2 Elongation 0.2: min. 200 N/mm2 Pressure tension zul. : 95 N/mm2 Stress point A 5 : min. 10 % Stress point A 10 : min. 8 % E-Module: approx. 70,000 N/mm2 Brinell hardness: approx. 75 HB 2.5/187.5 Co-effi cient of elongation: 23.8 x 10-6/K Functional length: 6,000 mm Delivery length: 6,060 mm + 10 mm Surface as per DIN 17611: E6/EV1 - dull fi nish and anodised colours Coat thickness approx. 10 μm Coat hardness HV Special colours upon request. The surface area - subject to technical procedure - can show optical changes. 1 Profile tolerance (Excerpt from DIN EN ) Nominal dimensions: The dimension deviation depends on the precision with which the tooling is manufactured, the tooling wear and the variation during the extrusion process. For one manufacturing setup the variation within one profi le is 0.01 mm. Profi le tolerance Dim. range in mm Tolerance in mm from to - 10 ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± ± 1.50 Flatness of profile surfaces In order to optimize the connection stability, all profi le surfaces are designed and manufactured with concave surfaces. This assures that the assembled profi les contact on the outer edges only (line of contact). When tightening the connectors the slot fl anks will be drawn to the mounting profi le within the elastic range and will keep the connectors under tension. Straightness tolerance of the edge in longitudinal direction At a certain length I 1 the given tolerance h 1 is not to be exceeded. For each incremental length of I 2 = 300 mm the deviation h 2 is not to exceed 0.3 mm. Straightness tolerance Length l 1 in m Tolerance h 1 in mm from to Flatness tolerance (Twist tolerance) Width b in mm Flatness tolerance Dim. range at length l in m from to to 1 1 to 2 2 to 3 3 to 4 4 to 5 5 to

64 1.1C Parallelism tolerance (Angular tolerance) The parallelism tolerance g (angular tolerance) refers to unequal sides to the shorter side of the angle, i.e. it is measured from the longer side. Parallelism tolerance Width b in mm max. size tolerance g from to in mm Bending strength For the computation of defl ection use formulas on this page. 1 Type of load F I3 f = 3E J For the computation of defl ection by the profi les own weight, apply "Type of load" 3, 6 or 9. 2 f = F I 3 + F 1 I 1 2 l + F 2 I 2 2 I 3E J f = Defl ection in mm F = Type of load in N I = Profi le length in mm J 1) = Moment of inertia in mm4 E = Module of elasticity in N/mm2 E AL = 70,000 N/mm2 3 4 f = f = F I3 8E J F I3 48E J 1) Comments Catalogue data in cm4 (Note factor of conversion 104!) The moments of inertia of a certain profi le are listed on the respective profi le page (ï 1.09, 1.10, 1.11) and in the tables 1.1D 5 6 f = f = 5F I3 384E J F I3 29m (48 + ) E J I 7 f = F a 2 b2 3E J I 8 f = F I3 192E J 2) 9 f = F I3 384E J 62 2) approximate value

65 1.1C To determine the approximation of defl ection, use the diagram on this page. Approximate determination of defl ection Profile length I in mm Determination of deflection 1. Type of load F in N 2. Profi le length l in mm 3. Move cross point on the diagonal 4. Moment of inertia of the selected profi le J in cm4 5. Cross point with the diagonal to be vertically extended to the bottom 6. Defl ection f for the specifi c "Type of load" in mm 1 Example 1 F = 2,000 N 2 l = 1,000 mm 3 Move cross point on the diagonal 4 J = 82.0 cm4 for profi le 40 80, 6E 5 Cross point with the diagonal to be vertically extended to the bottom 6 Defl ection for the specifi c "Type of load" in mm: Type of load 1: Type of load 4: Type of load 8: f = 9.5 mm f = 0.6 mm f = 0.15 mm Load F in N Moment of inertia J in cm4 Type of load 1 Type of load 4 Type of load 8 Deflection f in mm 63

66 Profi le selection range 1.1D Design PG slot 16 F E H F F E4 40 E E E E Profi le Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï 16 40, 1F, LP , 1E, LP E, SP , 2E, LP E, SP , 4E, LP , 1F, LP , 2H, soft, SP , 2F, soft, SP F, soft, S , 2E, soft, LP E, soft, L , 2E, soft, LP , 2E, soft, S , 0F, SP , 0E, SP , 0E, LP , 1F, LP F, SP , 1E, LP , 1E, LP , 2F, cor., S , 2H, cor., SP , 2F, cor., LP F, cor., SBP F, cor., L F, cor., SB , 2E, cor., LP E, cor., SP E, cor., L E, cor., S , 2E, cor., LP , 2E, cor., L E, cor., S , 2H, LP , 2F, LP F, SP F, L , 2E, LP E, L , 2E, LP , 2E, L Profi le Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï 60 60, 2E, LP E, SP , 3H, SP , 3F, LP F, SP F, L F, S , 3E, LP E, L E, S , 3E, LP , 3E, L E, S , 4H, LP H, SP , 4F, LP F, SP F, L F, S , 4E, LP E, SP E, L E, S , 4E, LP E, SP E, L E, S , 4E, L E, S , 4E, LP E, SP E, L E, S , 4E, LP E, L , 1F, LP , 2F, LP F, SP , 6E, L E, S , 4F, L F, S ) Ix, Iy = moment of inertia in cm 4 2) Wx, Wy = moment of resistance in cm 3 3) G = weight in kg/m 64

67 Profi le selection range 1.1D Design PG slot 16 F E 20 H F 30 F E E E E E4 1 Profi le Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï Profi le Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï 30 60, 0F, SP , 8F, SP , 0E, LP , 0E, LP E, SP , 3E, cor., LP , 10F, SP , 4H, SP , 4E, LP E, L , 6E, LP , 4E, LBP , 10E, LP , 5E, LP , 6H, LP H, SP , 6F, LP F, SP F, L F, S , 6E, LP E, SP E, L E, S , 6E, LP E, SP E, L E, S , 6E, L E, S , 8E, L , 8E, S , 8F, SP , 8E, SP , 8E, L , 8E, S , 5E, 2F, SP ) Ix, Iy = moment of inertia in cm 4 2) Wx, Wy = moment of resistance in cm 3 3) G = weight in kg/m 65

68 Profi le selection range 1.1D Design PG slot 16 F E 20 H F 30 F E4 40 E E E E4 Profi le Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï Profi le Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï 80 80, 0E, LP , 12E, SP , 4E, cor., LP , 6E, LP , 7E, SP , 8F, L , 8E, LP E, SP E, L ,1 38 8E, S , 8E, LP E, L , 8E, S , 8E, LB , 8E, SP E, S , 8E, L , 8F, angle, S , 8E, angle, S , 10E, SP , 8E, SP , 8E, LP , 12E, SP E, L E, S , 12E, SP 2, ) Ix, Iy = moment of inertia in cm 4 2) Wx, Wy = moment of resistance in cm 3 3) G = weight in kg/m

69 Profi le selection range 1.1D Design PG slot 16 F E 20 H F 30 F 30 octag. E4 40 E octag. 45 E4 50 E4 48 round 48 round 48 round 60 E4 1 Profi le Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï 40 40, 2E, 45, LP , 7E, 45, LP , round 30, 2F, LP , round 45, 2E, LP , round 60, 2E, LP Profi le Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï 40, round 90, 2E, LP , round, 1E, SP , round, 2E, cor., SP , round, 2E, SP , octag., 8F, SP , octag., 8E, SP Design PG slot 16 F E 20 H F 30 F E4 40 E E4 50 E E4 Profi le Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï Profi le Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï 30 30, 0F, P, LP , 2F, WG, LP ,2E,1F,WG,LP , 2F, P, LP F, P, LP , 2F, WG, LP , 2E, WG, LP , 2F, c., P, LP , 2E, c., P, LP , 2E, c., P, LP , 3F, P, LP , 3E, P, LP , 3E, P, LP , 2F, P, LP , 3F, P, LP , 3E, P, LP , 5E, P, LP , 6E, P, LP ) Ix, Iy = moment of inertia in cm 4 2) Wx, Wy = moment of resistance in cm 3 3) G = weight in kg/m 67

70 Profi le applications 1.1E.01 Profi le combinations With the MayTec Connector System it is possible to make a multitude of form-matching and stable profi le combinations. Special slits Panel elements can be set in the profi le fl ush to the outer edge for form-matching design. The slits needed for that can be made in nearly all profi les. 68

71 Profi le applications 1.1E.02 Slot plates F-slot Profi les to construct slot plates of any required size F-slot, slot distance 25 mm 1 F-slot, slot distance 50 mm E-slot E-slot, slot distance 25 mm (on top), 100 mm (on buttom) E-slot, slot distance 50 mm 69

72 Profi le applications 1.1E.02 Slot plates F-slot Slot distance 25 mm Single parts anchor 2.21.A10F5 cross bushing 2.21.B10 Drill dimensions Profile , 10F, SP Profi le , 10F, SP bar 6 m 3.6 kg/m SP.60 Slot plates F-slot Slot distance 50 mm Single parts anchor 1.21.A5F5 cross bushing 1.21.B30 Drill dimensions Profile , 8F, SP Profi le , 8F, SP bar 6 m 4.1 kg/m SP machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

73 Profi le applications 1.1E.02 Slot plates E-slot Slot distance 25 mm Single parts anchor 1.21.A5F5 cross bushing 1.21.B24 1 Drill dimensions Profile , 5E, 2F, SP Profi le , 5E, 2F, SP bar 6 m 3.5 kg/m SP.60 Slot plates E-slot Slot distance 50 mm Single parts anchor 1.21.A2E5 cross bushing 1.21.B34 Drill dimensions Profile , 8E, SP Profi le , 8E, SP bar 6 m 7.9 kg/m SP.60 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 71

74 Profi le applications 1.1E.03 Hand rail Hand rail for balustrades on stairs and platforms Post: Profi le Comments Angled joints: Incline: 0 deg. to 90 deg. 0 deg. to 45 deg. Hand rail straight Hand rail angled Hand rail tilted Hand rail tilted and angled E E1 Working dimensions for hand rail straight with radius compensation EK EK1 Working dimensions for hand rail straight, tilted and/or angled without radius compensation (milled) 72

75 Profi le applications 1.1E.03 Hand rail Hand rail for balustrades on stairs and platforms Post: Profi le Ø48 Comments Angled joints: Incline: 0 deg. to 90 deg. 0 deg. to 45 deg E1 Working dimensions for hand rail straight with radius compensation EK1 Working dimensions for hand rail straight, tilted and/or angled without radius compensation (milled) 73

76 Profi le applications 1.1E.04 U-Profi le 40 For the construction of height adjustable frames on and profi le bases U-Profi le 40 bar 6 m 1.35 kg/m

77 Profi le applications 1.1E.05 Profi les for cable guide For running cables or pneumatic hoses. All chamber profi les can be delivered with open slots. Cover is carried out by cover profi les: Cover profi le PVC ä Cover profi le ALU of cross braces to stabilize slotted profi les Comments Profi les for cable guide see list at profi le pre-cut lid Order details Description Profi le ääääää for cable guide, slotted 8 mm Article-No ääääää.ää Order example Order request Profi le mm, 6 E-slots, heavy, 8 mm slotted for cable guide, length 4.5 m Order Profi le 40 80, 6E S, for cable guide, slotted 8 mm S-F00F00/4500 machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 75

78 Profi le applications 1.1E.06 Profi les for cable guide Slot distance 30 For running cables or pneumatic hoses. All chamber profi les can be delivered with open slots. Milled section on the pre-cut lid for fastening with T-Nut in F-slot Profi les for cable guide, slot distance 30 Profi le light, plain heavy, plain light heavy F LP 0F SP 6F SP 6F L 6F S F SP 8F L 8F angle S Order details Description Profi le ääääää for cable guide, slotted 10 mm Article-No ääääää.ää Order example Order request Profi le mm, 6 F-slots, heavy, 10 mm slotted for cable guide, length 4.5 m Order Profi le 30 60, 6F S, for cable guide, slotted 10 mm S-A00A00/4500 Profi le pre-cut lid 30 Single parts countersunk screw DIN 7991, M5 8 threaded plate F, M5 T-Nut for subsequent insertion F, M D FM FM5 Profi le pre-cut lid kg/m machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

79 Profi le applications 1.1E.06 Profi les for cable guide Slot distance 40 For running cables or pneumatic hoses. All chamber profi les can be delivered with open slots. 1 Profi les for cable guide, slot distance 40 Profi le light, plain heavy, P light heavy E LP 3E c.lp 4E LP 4E LBP 5E LP 6E LP 6E SP 4E L 6E L 6E S E LP 4E c. LP 6E LP 8E LP 7E SP 8E L 8E LB 8E S 3E 45 LP 7E 45 LP 8E SP 8E angle S E LP 10E LP 8E LP 10E SP 12E SP 12E SP 8E L 12E L 12E S Order details Description Profi le ääääää for cable guide, slotted 14 mm Article-No ääääää.ää Order example Order request Profi le mm, 8 E-slots, heavy, 14 mm slotted for cable guide, length 4.5 m Profi le pre-cut lid 40 Order Profi le 80 80, 8E S, for cable guide, slotted 14 mm S-L00L00/4500 Single parts countersunk screw DIN 7991, M6 14 threaded plate E, M6 T-Nut for subsequent insertion E, M D EM EM6 Profi le pre-cut lid kg/m machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A 77

80 Profi le applications 1.1E.06 Profi les for cable guide Slot distance 50 For running cables or pneumatic hoses. All chamber profi les can be delivered with open slots. Profi les for cable guide, slot distance 50 heavy, plain light heavy F SP 8F SP 12E SP 6E L 8E L 6E S 8E S 8E S Order details Description Profi le ääääää for cable guide, slotted 14 mm Article-No ääääää.ää Order example Profi le pre-cut lid 50 Order request Profi le mm, 6 E-slots, heavy, 14 mm slotted for cable guide, length 4.5 m Order Profi le , 6E S, for cable guide, slotted 14 mm Single parts F-slot countersunk screw DIN 7991, M5 8 threaded plate F, M5 T-Nut for subsequent insertion F, M5 E-slot countersunk screw DIN 7991, M6 14 threaded plate E, M6 T-Nut for subsequent insertion E, M D FM FM D EM EM S-F00F00/4500 Profi le pre-cut lid kg/m machining data ï Profi le machining 1.1A

81 Profi le applications 1.1E.07 Curved profi les For curved profi les the following data is required: Profi le type (current conditions see table below) Position of profi le ï 55 Radius Direction ï 57 Necessary accuracy of dimensions for curved profi les and for all required functionality 1 Position of profi le Function T- Nut Function threaded plate Function connector position of slot(s) position of slot(s) position of slot(s) position of core hole(s) A B C D E F G H I K L M A B C D E F G H I K L M A B C D E F G H I K L M a b c d e f g h The marking of the slots and core holes takes place in accordance with the marking for the profi le machining ï 1.1A Article-No. PG Profile min. inside-ø Article-No. PG Profile min. inside-ø LP , 1E, LP SP 16 40, 1E, SP LP 16 40, 1F, LP SP , 2H, soft, SP SP 20 20, 2H, cor., SP LP 20 20, 2H, LP SP 20 20, 3H, SP LP 20 20, 4H, LP SP 20 20, 4H, SP LP 20 10, 1F, LP LP 20 30, 1F, LP LP 20 30, 2F, LP SP 20 30, 2F, SP SP , 0F, SP LP 30 30, 1F, LP SP 30 30, 1F, SP S 30 30, 2F, cor., S SB 30 30, 2F, cor., SB SBP 30 30, 2F, cor., SBP L 30 30, 2F, cor., L LP 30 30, 2F, cor., LP L 30 30, 2F, L LP 30 30, 2F, LP SP 30 30, 2F, SP S 30 30, 3F, S L 30 30, 3F, L LP 30 30, 3F, LP SP 30 30, 3F, SP S 30 30, 4F, S L 30 30, 4F, L LP 30 30, 4F, LP SP 30 30, 4F, SP S 30 50, 4F, S L 30 50, 4F, L SP 30 60, 0F, SP L 30 60, 6F, L LP , 6F, LP S 30 60, 6F, S SP 30 60, 6F, SP SP , 5E, 2F, SP SP , 8F, SP SP , 10F, SP SP , 0E, LP LP 40 40, 1E, LP S 40 40, 2E, cor., S L 40 40, 2E, cor., L LP 40 40, 2E, cor., LP SP 40 40, 2E, cor., SP L 40 40, 2E, L LP 40 40, 2E, LP S 40 40, 3E, S L 40 40, 3E, L LP 40 40, 3E, LP S 40 40, 4E, S L 40 40, 4E, L LP 40 40, 4E, LP SP 40 40, 4E, SP LP 40 80, 0E, LP L 40 80, 4E, L L 40 80, 6E, L S 40 80, 6E, S LP 40 80, 3E, cor., LP LP 40 80, 4E, LP LBP 40 80, 4E, LBP LP 40 80, 5E, LP LP 40 80, 6E, LP SP 40 80, 6E, SP R00.10SP 48, round, 1E, SP R00.20SP 48, round, 2E, SP R00.22SP 48, round, 2E, cor., SP

82 80

83 Connection System extremely strong effi cient functional The proven connection system! The MayTec quick-connection system allows combination of all MayTec profi les in any way imaginable. It carries same stability out after all four sides. The connection allows: easy machining quick assembly innumerable (dis)assemblies The connection system is: complete stable functional Vibration proof The different direction angles of lead of thread and clamping cone prevent the loosening of the connection by vibration. 81

84 Connection System 1.2 Stability S-Class MayTec Universal-Connector 18,000N working load Vibration proof 82

85 Connectors - Examples 1.2 MayTec connector with square head The MayTec connector with square head offers the highest load bearing capacity. Cross bushing MayTec universal-connector The MayTec universal-connector allows: any desired position of profi les only one type for 0 and 90 position of cross bushing simple determination of the connector type minimisation of stock keeping Cross bushing Anchor Anchor MayTec standard-connector The MayTec standard-connector allows subsequent front-sided mounting or dismounting in any location. MayTec ground-connector for potential equalisation The MayTec ground-connector allows potential equalisation between two profi les. When the connector is tightened, the serration at the rear of the anchor head penetrates the anodised profi le coating and thus provides an electrical contact. Cross bushing 2 contact Anchor Anodised coating Deliverable types ï Connectors 1.2A Ground connections ï 1.70 MayTec screw-type connector The MayTec screw-type connector allows connection to profi les by means of T-Nuts. MayTec screw-type connector The MayTec screw-type connector allows connection to threaded holes in plates. Cross bushing Cross bushing T-Nut Anchor Anchor 83

86 Summary: Connectors (with machining) 1.2 The MayTec Connector System mounting of connector in core hole with machining Cross bushing bore Cross bushing Anchor Cross bushing bore Standard ï 92 Screw-type ï 91, 96 Parallel ï 90, 94 Oblique ï 90, 92 Oblique-cross ï 93 Extension / Parallel ï 107 Miter ï 90, 95 Shifter ï 95 Extension ï 90, 94 Anti-twist devices with retaining plate ï 131 with T-Nut ï Clamping lever for connectors Clamping lever ï

87 Summary: Connectors (with machining) 1.2 The MayTec Connector System mounting of connector in slot with machining Cross bushing bore SE-Connector ï 109 ST-Connector ï Screw-type connections with machining Cross bore Tool Connector screw 2 Thread Thread Thread Cross bore Threaded insert with lens head screw ï 1.35 Connector screw ï 97 Connector screw, self-cutting ï 97, 112 Clamping connections with machining Clamping connector Thread Threaded insert Clamping connector ï

88 Summary: Connectors (without machining) 1.2 The MayTec Connector System Parallel connector without machining Setscrew T-Nut Anchor Parallel connector ï

89 Summary: Connectors (without machining) 1.2 Bayonet type connections without machining T-slot nut Standard ï Nothing case Cap head screw Cross connections without machining Cross connector ï 115 Cross connector 2 Angle connections without machining Angle PA ï 1.46 Angle GD-Zn, GD-Al ï

90 Connectors: Manufacture a connection 1.2 Manufacture a connection Example Connection of two profi les with one standard connector 1. Connector selection ï 1.2, Connector selection 2. Profile machining ï 1.1A, Profi le machining ï 1.99, Tools 3. Pre-assembly of the connector Manufacture the cross bushing bore with the aid of a drill jig Insert the cross bushing Push in the anchor Pretension the anchor! Mounting position Neck fl ush to the profi le front side Comments For the optimal assembly of the profi les the connector is to be installed in such a way that the neck is fl ush to the profi le front side 4. Final assembly ï 1.2F, Torque tightening values for connector setscrew 1 or Push in sideways Turn the profi le 2 Tighten the setscrew Push in front sided 88

91 Connectors 1.2 Connector selection Connector Standard Standard, ground Connector types and materials Article-No E0 material: steel strength: M 650 N/mm² surface: galvanised E0 E Standard VA E0 V material: stainless steel strength: N/mm² surface: pickled and passivated Procedure Example 1 Connection Selection of connector-variant Standard 2 Profile 1 Size of the profi le in which the mm connector should be built into 3 Core hole Determination of the core hole Ø Ø12 mm 4 Profile 2 Determination of the connector mm / head according to slot-variant E-slot of the profi le on which it will be joined 5 Connector Determination of connector E1 6 Number of Bent anchor: degrees determine the angle (0-45 ) 2 Special cases Profi le Mounting PG for connec- Mounting PG for connecposition tor selection position tor selection Connectors for profi les with core hole-ø 12 mm 1.2A 4 1 Connection / Finished dimension PG Article-No. for connector with Connector H-head F-head E-head steel VA steel VA steel VA standard E standard E standard E Universal Standard 90 Square head Universal Square head Standard H F0 E V E0 E V H F0 E V E0 E V H F0 E V E0 E V H F0 E V E0 E V H F0 E V E0 E V H F0 E V E0 E V F1 E V E1 E V F1 E V E1 E V F1 E V E1 E V F1 E V E1 E V F1 E V E1 E V F1 E V E1 E V F2 E V E2 E V F2 E V E2 E V F2 E V E2 E V F2 E V E2 E V F2 E V E2 E V F2 E V E2 E V E E E E E E F F F

92 Connectors for profi les with core hole-ø 6 mm 1.2A Connection / Finished dimension PG Article-No. for connector with Connector H-head F-head E-head steel VA steel VA steel VA standard E standard E standard E Universal H0 V F E0 Oblique -hinge l + r HK FK1 Oblique 90 -hinge HK FK2 Parallel -square H0 V F E0 -cross -high Connection / Finished dimension PG Article-No. Connector for connector steel VA standard E Miter G1 -hinge l + r Machining of profi les with core hole-ø 6 mm for miter In order not to reduce the strength of the miter joint one profi le end must be counterbored Miter 90 -hinge l + r G2 drill hole The center portion of the anchor part is to be located in the counterbored profi le section Extension V0 V anchor mounted Comments Use drill for miter anchor Article-No.: ï tools 1.99 E = ground-connector, VA = stainless steel

93 Connectors for profi les with core hole-ø 6 mm 1.2A Connection variants with screw-type connectors Profi le with profi le Profi le to plate with thread Profi le to plate with through-hole Mounting instruction for screw-type connectors 1. Screw anchor in until it stops against the shoulder 2. Unscrew anchor until it lines-up with the cross bushing position (max. one turn) 3. Set up profi le with cross bushing Connection / Finished dimension PG thread Article-No. Connector for connector steel VA standard E Screw-type front sided 20 M4 7 M5 7 M S2M4/ S2M5/ S2M6/7 V Screw-type parallel -square 2 -cross -high E = ground-connector, VA = stainless steel

94 Connectors for profi les with core hole-ø 12 mm 1.2A Connection / Finished dimension PG Article-No. for connector with Connector H-head F-head E-head steel VA steel VA steel VA standard E standard E standard E Universal Standard 90 Square head Universal Square head Standard 90 Oblique -hinge l + r -bent anchor l H F0 E V E0 E V H F0 E V E0 E V H F0 E V E0 E V H F0 E V E0 E V H F0 E V E0 E V H F0 E V E0 E V F1 E V E1 E V F1 E V E1 E V F1 E V E1 E V F1 E V E1 E V F1 E V E1 E V F1 E V E1 E V F2 E V E2 E V F2 E V E2 E V F2 E V E2 E V F2 E V E2 E V F2 E V E2 E V F2 E V E2 E V E E E E E E F F F F F F F F F F F F FK1 V EK1 V FK1 V EK1 V FK1 V EK1 V FK1 V EK1 V FK1 V EK1 V FK1 V EK1 V FB1L/ää E EB1L/ää E FB1L/ää E EB1L/ää E FB1L/ää E EB1L/ää E FB1L/ää E EB1L/ää E FB1L/ää E EB1L/ää E FB1L/ää E EB1L/ää E E = ground-connector, VA = stainless steel

95 Connectors for profi les with core hole-ø 12 mm 1.2A Connection / Finished dimension PG Article-No. for connector with Connector H-head F-head E-head steel VA steel VA steel VA standard E standard E standard E Oblique -bent anchor standard l -bent anchor r -bent anchor standard r Oblique 90 -hinge -bent anchor -bent anchor 90 Oblique-cross-hinge F1B1L/ää F1B1L/ää F1B1L/ää F1B1L/ää F1B1L/ää F1B1L/ää E1B1L/ää E1B1L/ää E1B1L/ää E1B1L/ää E1B1L/ää E1B1L/ää FB1R/ää E EB1R/ää E FB1R/ää E EB1R/ää E FB1R/ää E EB1R/ää E FB1R/ää E EB1R/ää E FB1R/ää E EB1R/ää E FB1R/ää E EB1R/ää E F1B1R/ää E1B1R/ää F1B1R/ää E1B1R/ää F1B1R/ää E1B1R/ää F1B1R/ää E1B1R/ää F1B1R/ää E1B1R/ää F1B1R/ää E1B1R/ää FK2 V EK2 V FK2 V EK2 V FK2 V EK2 V FK2 V EK2 V FK2 V EK2 V FK2 V EK2 V FB2/ää E EB2/ää E FB2/ää E EB2/ää E FB2/ää E EB2/ää E FB2/ää E EB2/ää E FB2/ää E EB2/ää E FB2/ää E EB2/ää E F2B2/ää E2B2/ää F2B2/ää E2B2/ää F2B2/ää E2B2/ää F2B2/ää E2B2/ää F2B2/ää E2B2/ää F2B2/ää E2B2/ää FK EK3 V FK EK3 V FK EK3 V FK EK3 V FK EK3 V FK EK3 V FK EK4 V FK EK4 V FK EK4 V FK EK4 V FK EK4 V FK EK4 V 2 E = ground-connector, VA = stainless steel

96 Connectors for profi les with core hole-ø 12 mm 1.2A Connection / Finished dimension PG Article-No. for connector with Connector H-head F-head E-head steel VA steel VA steel VA standard E standard E standard E Parallel -square -square 90 -cross -high -high F F F F F /3F /5F /2F /3F E E E E E E /3E /5E /2E /3E /3E2-5 Connection / Finished dimension PG, Article-No. PG, Article-No. Connector K 2 for connector K 2 for connector steel VA steel VA standard E standard E Extension V V V V V V0 V V V V V V 30/ /2V0 40/ /2V /3V0 45/ /2V /3V /4V0 V V V V V V 50/ / /2V /3V /4V /45V /2V /3V /4V /45V /5V0 V V V V V V V V V E = ground-connector, VA = stainless steel

97 Connectors for profi les with core hole-ø 12 mm 1.2A Connection / Finished dimension PG Article-No. Connector for connector Miter -hinge l + r steel standard G G G G G G1 E VA V V V V V V -bent anchor l + r Miter 90 -hinge l + r GB1/ää GB1/ää GB1/ää GB1/ää GB1/ää GB1/ää G G G G G G2 V V V V V V -bent anchor l GB2L/ää GB2L/ää GB2L/ää GB2L/ää GB2L/ää GB2L/ää -bent anchor r Shifter GB2R/ää GB2R/ää GB2R/ää GB2R/ää GB2R/ää GB2R/ää GS GS GS GS GS GS E = ground connector, VA = stainless steel

98 Connectors for profi les with core hole-ø 12 mm 1.2A Connection variants with screw-type connectors Profi le with profi le Profi le to plate with thread Profi le to plate with through-hole Mounting instruction for screw-type connectors 1. Screw anchor in until it stops against the shoulder 2. Unscrew anchor until it lines-up with the cross bushing position (max. one turn) 3. Set up profi le with cross bushing Connection / Finished dimension PG thread Article-No. for connectors for mounting on profi les with Connector F-slot E-slot other Length of thread 7 mm 11 mm 40 mm steel VA steel VA steel VA standard E standard E standard E Screw-type - front sided Screw-type - parallel -square -cross -high 20 M M M M M S1M6/ S1M6/ S1M6/ S1M6/ S1M6/ S1M6/ S1M8/ S1M8/11 V S1M8/ S1M8/ S1M8/11 V S1M8/ S1M8/ S1M8/11 V S1M8/ S1M8/ S1M8/11 V S1M8/ S1M8/ S1M8/11 V S1M8/ S1M8/ S1M8/11 V S1M8/ S5M8/ S5M8/ S5M8/ S5M8/ S5M8/ S5M8/ S5M8/ S5M8/ /3S5M8/ /5S5M8/ /2S5M8/ /3S5M8/11 E = ground-connector, VA = stainless steel

99 Connectors for profi les with core hole-ø 12 mm 1.2A Connection / Finished dimension Article-No. for connector with Connector H-head F-head E-head Connector screw steel VA steel VA steel VA standard E standard E standard E 1.21.VSFM VSEM14 -self-cutting 1.21.VSFS126S 1.21.VSFS128L 1.21.VSES126S 1.21.VSES128L 2 E = ground connector, VA = stainless steel

100 Connector Cross bushings: Drill dimensions 1.2B Slot type Cross bushing Chamfer Profi le PG core hole Boring depth, Article-No. distance Cross bushing lenght K T steel VA H-slots B21 V Standard B SP F + E-slots 2 45 Standard B B B B40R 1.21.B B B B24 V V V V V V SP B S(P) SP B LP tools ï 1.99, VA = stainless steel

101 Connector Cross bushings: Drill dimensions, Special cases 1.2B Slot type Cross bushing PG/ Core hole Boring depth, Article-No. Connector Profi le/ distance Cross bushing Slot length K T steel VA E-slots Specialuniversal-connector for profi le ï B31 Special- SE-Connector ï , E3-15 E BE BE4 Special- ST-Connector ï 114 E STBM6 Special- ST-Connector with screw-type anchor ï , E STSB40 2 tools ï 1.99, VA = stainless steel Mounting variants Standard application: Special application: Cross bushing, fl ush Cross bushing for the next smaller profi le for the application of panels for the application of cover profi les 99

102 100

103 Connector components 1.2C Connector components Cross bushing As an alternative to the complete connector it is also possible to order the component parts. Because of the extensive combination possibilities, storage of the complete connectors will be reduced by over 80%. Anchor Connector components for profi les with core hole-ø 6 mm ï 101 core hole-ø 12 mm ï Connector for core hole-ø 6 mm Connector complete Single parts PG 20 Anchor Piece steel VA steel VA standard E standard E Universal H0 V 1.20.A2H0 V F E A2F A2E Oblique 90 -hinge l + r -hinge HK FK HK FK A2HK A2FK A2HK A2FK Parallel -square 1) H0 V F E0 -cross 1) H0 V F E0 -high 1) H0 V F E0 Miter 90 -hinge l + r -hinge l + r G G A2G A2G Extension V0 V 1.20.A2V0 V 1 2 Screw-type S2M4/7 V 1.20.A2S2M4/7 V S2M5/ S2M6/ A2S2M5/ A2S2M6/ Parallel-square 2) S2M4/7 V S2M5/ S2M6/7 -Parallel-cross 2) S2M4/7 V S2M5/ S2M6/7 -Parallel-high 2) S2M4/7 V S2M5/ S2M6/7 2 Cross bushing, steel Cross bushing, VA 1.20.B B21 V Cross bushing, steel Cross bushing, VA E = ground-connector, VA = stainless steel ) = Connector, universal 2) = Connector, screw-type 101

104 Connector components 1.2C Connector for core hole-ø 12 mm Universal Standard 90 Square head Universal Standard 90 Oblique -hinge l + r -bent anchor l -bent a. standard l -bent anchor r -bent a. standard r 90 -hinge -bent anchor -bent anchor 90 Oblique- -hinge cross -hinge 90 Parallel -square -square 90 -cross 1) Connectors, complete PG 20 PG 30 PG 40 steel VA steel VA steel VA standard E standard E standard E H H H F0 E V F0 E V F0 E V E0 E V E0 E V E0 E V F1 E V F1 E V F1 E V E1 E V E1 E V E1 E V F2 E V F2 E V F2 E V E2 E V E2 E V E2 E V E E E F F F F F F FK1 V FK1 V FK1 V EK1 V EK1 V EK1 V FB1L/ää E FB1L/ää E FB1L/ää E EB1L/ää E EB1L/ää E EB1L/ää E F1B1L/ää F1B1L/ää F1B1L/ää E1B1L/ää E1B1L/ää E1B1L/ää FB1R/ää E FB1R/ää E FB1R/ää E EB1R/ää E EB1R/ää E EB1R/ää E F1B1R/ää F1B1R/ää F1B1R/ää E1B1R/ää E1B1R/ää E1B1R/ää FK2 V FK2 V FK2 V EK2 V EK2 V EK2 V FB2/ää E FB2/ää E FB2/ää E EB2/ää E EB2/ää E EB2/ää E F2B2/ää F2B2/ää F2B2/ää E2B2/ää E2B2/ää E2B2/ää FK FK FK EK3 V EK3 V EK3 V FK FK FK EK4 V EK4 V EK4 V /2F5 2) /2E5 2) /3F5 1) F /3E5 1) E E F E5 -high 2) /5F5 1) /5E5 1) -high 90 Cross bushing, steel Cross bushing, VA 1.21.B B B B20 V 1.21.B30 V 1.21.B40 V 102 E = ground connector, VA = stainless steel

105 Connector components 1.2C PG 45 PG 50 PG 60 steel VA steel VA steel VA standard E standard E standard E H H H F0 E V F0 E V F0 E V E0 E V E0 E V E0 E V F1 E V F1 E V F1 E V E1 E V E1 E V E1 E V F2 E V F2 E V F2 E V E2 E V E2 E V E2 E V Anchor steel standard 1.21.A1H A1F A1E A1F A1E A1F A1E2 Single parts Single parts Piece Anchor VA E E V E V E V E V E V E V Base with spring Cross bushing E E E F F F A1E A1F Base with setscrew F F F A1F FK1 V FK1 V FK1 V EK1 V EK1 V EK1 V FB1L/ää E FB1L/ää E FB1L/ää E EB1L/ää E EB1L/ää E EB1L/ää E F1B1L/ää F1B1L/ää F1B1L/ää E1B1L/ää E1B1L/ää E1B1L/ää FB1R/ää E FB1R/ää E FB1R/ää E EB1R/ää E EB1R/ää E EB1R/ää E F1B1R/ää F1B1R/ää F1B1R/ää E1B1R/ää E1B1R/ää E1B1R/ää FK2 V FK2 V FK2 V EK2 V EK2 V EK2 V FB2/ää E FB2/ää E FB2/ää E EB2/ää E EB2/ää E EB2/ää E F2B2/ää F2B2/ää F2B2/ää E2B2/ää E2B2/ää E2B2/ää FK FK FK EK3 V EK3 V EK3 V FK FK FK EK4 V EK4 V EK4 V F E /3F5 2) /3E5 2) F E /3E F E A1FK A1EK A1FB1L/ää 1.21.A1EB1L/ää 1.21.A1F1B1L/ää 1.21.A1E1B1L/ää 1.21.A1FB1R/ää 1.21.A1EB1R/ää 1.21.A1F1B1R/ää 1.21.A1E1B1R/ää 1.21.A1FK A1EK A1FB2/ää 1.21.A1EB2/ää 1.21.A1F2B2/ää 1.21.A1E2B2/ää 1.21.A1FK A1EK A1FK A1EK A2F A2E A3F A3E A3E A4F A4E A45F A45E A5F A5E A6F A6E A3E2-5 E E E E E E V V V V V V B B B B45 V 1.21.B50 V 1.21.B60 V Cross bushing, steel Cross bushing, VA E = ground connector, VA = stainless steel

106 Connector components 1.2C Connector for core hole-ø 12 mm Miter -hinge l + r -bent anchor l + r 90 -hinge l + r -bent anchor l Connectors, complete PG 20 PG 30 PG 40 steel VA steel VA steel VA standard E standard E standard E G1 V G1 V G1 V GB1/ää GB1/ää GB1/ää G2 V G2 V G2 V GB2L/ää GB2L/ää GB2L/ää Shifter -bent anchor r GB2R/ää GB2R/ää GB2R/ää GS GS GS Extension V0 V V0 V V0 V /2V0 V /2V0 V /3V0 V Screw-type -front sided -Parallel-square S1M6/ S1M6/ S1M6/ S1M8/ S1M8/ S1M8/ S1M8/11 V S1M8/11 V S1M8/11 V S1M8/ S1M8/ S1M8/ S5M8/ S5M8/ S5M8/ S5M8/ S5M8/11 -Parallel-cross -Parallel-high /3S5M8/ /5S5M8/ /2S5M8/11 Cross bushing, steel Cross bushing, VA 1.21.B B B B20 V 1.21.B30 V 1.21.B40 V 104 E = ground connector, VA = stainless steel

107 Connector components 1.2C PG 45 PG 50 PG 60 steel VA steel VA steel VA standard E standard E standard E G1 V G1 V G1 V GB1/ää GB1/ää GB1/ää G2 V G2 V G2 V GB2L/ää GB2L/ää GB2L/ää GB2R/ää GB2R/ää GB2R/ää GS GS GS Single parts Anchor Piece steel VA standard E 1.21.A1G1 V A1GB1/ää 1.21.A1G2 V A1GB2L/ää 1.21.A1GB245L/ää 1.21.A1GB2R/ää 1.21.A1GS B B B B B V0 V V0 V V0 V /2V0 V /2V0 V /2V0 V /3V0 V /3V0 V /3V0 V /4V0 V /4V0 V /4V0 V /45V0 V /45V0 V /5V0 V S1M6/ S1M6/ S1M6/ S1M8/ S1M8/ S1M8/ S1M8/11 V S1M8/11 V S1M8/11 V S1M8/ S1M8/ S1M8/ S5M8/ S5M8/ /3S5M8/ S5M8/ A1V A1V A1V A1V A1V A1V A1SM6/ A1SM8/ A1SM8/ A1SM8/ A2SM8/ A3SM8/ A3SM8/ A4SM8/ A4SM8/ A45SM8/ A5SM8/ A6SM8/ A3SM8/ A5SM8/ A2SM8/ A3SM8/11 V V V V V V V B B B B45 V 1.21.B50 V 1.21.B60 V Cross bushing, steel Cross bushing, VA E = ground connector, VA = stainless steel

108 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D Parallel connector for profile 30 30, soft Special anchor for parallel connector for profi le 30 30, 2 F-slots, soft Connector, parallel 40 g E5 Connector, parallel 33 g F5 Single parts Anchor, incl. spring 23 g 1.21.A31E5 Anchor, incl. spring 16 g 1.21.A31F5 Cross bushing, incl. setsrcew 17 g 1.21.B34 Universal connector for profile Universal connector for connection of two profi les Alternative connection possibility ï ST-Connector, 110 Drill dimensions Connector, universal 68 g E0 Single parts Anchor, incl. spring 41 g 1.21.A1E0 Cross bushing, incl. setscrew 27 g 1.21.B31 106

109 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D Extension / parallel connector Parallel connections with core hole distance of 40 mm Profi le extensions Insert front-sided Profi le machining 2 Profi le machining Connector extension / parallel 76 g V040 Single parts Description Pcs Weight Article-No. Anchor for connector extension / parallel, incl. springs 1 36 g 1.21.A1V040 Cross bushing B40, incl. setscrew 2 20 g 1.21.B40 Connector extension / parallel 76 g /30V040 Single parts Description Pcs Weight Article-No. Anchor for connector extension / parallel, incl. springs 1 36 g 1.21.A1V040 Cross bushing B50, incl. setscrew 1 25 g 1.21.B50 Cross bushing B30, incl. setscrew 1 15 g 1.21.B30 107

110 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D Universal connector with knurled cross bushing Fixable cross bushing Press in device ï 1.98 Comments The knurled cross bushing is suitable for all connectors with the cross bushing 1.21.B40 ï Connector components,1.2c Connector, universal with knurled cross bushing 60 g RE0 Single parts Description Pcs Weight Article-No. Anchor, incl. spring 1 40 g 1.21.A1E0 Cross bushing B40, knurled, incl. setscrew 1 20 g 1.21.B40R 108

111 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D SE-Connector 1 1 Anchor with F- or E-head 1 Universal 2 Standard 3 Standard 90 for profi les with E3-slot, PG16, E 2 3 Cross bushing 1.21.BE3 Anchor with F- or E-head 1 Universal 2 Standard 3 Standard 90 for profi les with E4-slot 2 3 Cross bushing 1.21.BE4 for PG 16 E allows mounting of additional profi les into existing frames mounting in E3-slot E4-slot Boring depth T T 15 mm 16 mm mounting on F-slot E3-slot E4-slot Drill distance L L 16 mm 15 mm 14 mm Connection Profi le PG16, E3-slot Universal to F/E-slot Connection Profi le with E4-slot Universal to F/E-slot Connector Article-No. for SE-connector mounting in E3-slot mounting in E4-slot steel VA steel VA standard E standard E 2 Standard Standard 1.21.SE3F SE3E SE4F SE4E SE3F SE3E SE4F SE4E SE3F SE3E SE4F SE4E2 Connectors for E3/E4-slot Connectors, complete Single parts mounting in E3-slot mounting in E4-slot Anchor Piece steel VA steel VA steel VA standard E standard E standard E Universal Standard SE3F SE3E SE3F SE3E SE3F SE3E SE4F SE4E SE4F SE4E SE4F SE4E ASEF ASEE ASEF ASEE ASEF ASEE Cross bushing 1.21.BE BE4 E = ground-connector, VA = stainless steel

112 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D ST-Connector Connector for mounting into E-slot and for connection of profi les Alternative connection possibility ï Universal connector, 106 ST-Connector for later insertion of profi les into closed frames Assembly 1 push the profi le into the frame 2 insert and rotate the T-Nut, pretension the screw (and cross bushing) 3 push the connector into the cross bushing bore, tighten the screw material: steel surface: galvanised torque: max. 14 Nm tensile load: max. 5,000 N Connector complete Description G Weight Article-No. ST-Connector M g 1.21.STEM620 Single parts ST-Cross bushing M g 1.21.STBM6 T-Nut for subsequent insertion into E-slots M g EM6 Cap head screw DIN 912 M g 0.63.D

113 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D ST-Connector with anchor, screw-type ST-Connection for PG 16, E3-slot Eco-Slide ï 1.67 Connector complete Description G Weight Article-No. ST-Connector with anchor, screw-type M g 1.21.STESM6/11 Single parts ST-Cross bushing 25.4 g 1.21.STSB40 Threaded plate, heavy, E M g EM6 Anchor, screw-type, for ST-Connector M g 1.21.ASTM6/

114 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D Connector screw self-cutting Cross bore Simple connections with profi les using a 12 mm core hole Connector screw Tool material: steel 8.8 surface: galvanised Tool Tx screw driver for Torx 40 screws 1.98.T Description S Weight Article-No. Connector screw, self-cutting, F, S12.8, light 25.0 g 1.21.VSFS128L Connector screw, self-cutting, F, S12.6, heavy 25.0 g 1.21.VSFS126S Description S Weight Article-No. Connector screw, self-cutting, E, S12.8, light 31.5 g 1.21.VSES128L Connector screw, self-cutting, E, S12.6, heavy 31.5 g 1.21.VSES126S 112

115 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D Bayonet type connector Connection without profi le machining. Suitable for the connection of profi les with E-slots to profi les with E- or F-slots. Suitable for the subsequent mounting of profi les Mounting example for bayonet type connector with T-slot nut Pre-assembly of the notching case insert the cap head screw and the notching case into the slot against clockwise direction positioning with socket pin 2 tighten the notching case (approx. 45 anticlockwise turn) end position of the notching case Final assembly pre-mounting of the T-slot nut pre-mounting of the T-slot nut join the profi les and tighten the T-slot nut fi nal tightening with socket spanner 113

116 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D Bayonet type connector with T-Nut (spring ball) Notching case, cap head screw, T-Nut, socket pin: material: steel surface: galvanised T-slot nut: material: GD-Zn Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Bayonet type connector E, with T-Nut (spring ball) E 24.4 g 1.25.E323E Single parts Notching case E for bayonet type connector g 1.25.BE Cap head screw DIN 912, M g 0.63.D T-Nut for subs. insertion, with spring ball E, M g EM6 with T-Nut (spring) Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Bayonet type connector E, with T-Nut (spring) F 18.8 g 1.25.E324F Single parts Notching case E for bayonet type connector g 1.25.BE Cap head screw DIN 912, M g 0.63.D T-Nut for subs. insertion, with spring F, M g FM6 Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Bayonet type connector E, with T-Nut (spring) E 25.5 g 1.25.E324E Single parts Notching case E for bayonet type connector g 1.25.BE Cap head screw DIN 912, M g 0.63.D T-Nut for subs. insertion, with spring E, M g EM6 with T-slot nut Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Bayonet type connector E, with T-slot nut F 16.2 g 1.25.E3410F Single parts Notching case E for bayonet type connector g 1.25.BE Cap head screw DIN 912, M g 0.63.D T-slot nut F, M g FM6 Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Bayonet type connector E, with T-slot nut E 18.5 g 1.25.E3410E Single parts Notching case E for bayonet type connector g 1.25.BE Cap head screw DIN 912, M g 0.63.D T-slot nut E, M g EM6 Socket pin Socket pin for notching case E 47.0 g 1.25.WZ1 114

117 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D Cross connector quick assembly connection without profi le machining Lower section, upper section, bolt, screw: material: steel surface: galvanised Assembly push the lower section of the cross connector into the slot of the fi rst profi le slide the slot of the second profi le onto the upper section, position the profi les and tighten the connector Cross connector E g E3 Cross connector E g E

118 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D Parallel connector for subsequent insertion quick assembly connection without profi le machining Assembly position the setscrew insert the T-Nut insert and pretension the anchor push on and position the profi le fasten the setscrew material: steel surface: galvanised Parallel connector, for subsequent insertion, E3/H 21.7 g 1.25.E3H/5 Parallel connector, for subsequent insertion, E3/F 24.6 g 1.25.E3F/5 Parallel connector, for subsequent insertion, E3/E g 1.25.E3E3/5 Parallel connector, for subsequent insertion, E4/F 25.0 g 1.25.E4F/5 Parallel connector, for subsequent insertion, E4/E g 1.25.E4E3/5 Parallel connector, for subsequent insertion, E4/E g 1.25.E4E4/5 116

119 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D Clamping connector quick assembly connection without profi le machining material: steel surface: galvanised Assembly Fastening element Threaded insert M14/M8, 30, screw the threaded insert M14/M8, 30 into the core hole ï Assembly reference 1.35 screw the clamping connector into the threaded insert 2 slide the connector into the slot of the second profi le, position the profi les and tighten the connector Clamping connector 40E, single sided 34.4 g E Clamping connector 45E, single sided 31.8 g E Clamping connector 40E, double sided 43.9 g E Clamping connector 45E, double sided 42.3 g E 117

120 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profi les 1.2E Connection of 0-slot profi les Comments Connector ï 1.2A Connector - drill dimensions without radius covers PG 30 PG 40 with radius covers ï 1.43 Drill dimensions without radius covers Drill dimensions without radius covers Drill dimensions with radius covers Drill dimensions with radius covers Cover plug for connector cross bushings ï 1.42 PG 30 PG

121 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profi les 1.2E Specifi cation of milling patterns for closed profi les VB ä ä ä / ä ä ä ä - ä ä.ä Key VB ä ä ä / ä ä ä ä - ä ä.ä Shortcut for "Verbinder-Bohrung" VB ä ä ä / ä ä ä ä - ä ä.ä Specifi cation of the milling pattern 1) VB ä ä ä / ä ä ä ä - ä ä.ä Number of pattern elements 2) VB ä ä ä / ä ä ä ä - ä ä.ä Direction of the profi le side ï 57 VB ä ä ä / ä ä ä ä - ä ä.ä Distance of the reference point to the left end of the profi le [mm] VB ä ä ä / ä ä ä ä - ä ä.ä Angle of the connection (in case of VB3 or VB4) 1) 1 = "T" shape milling pattern for standard connector (Standard) ï = upside-down "T" shape milling pattern for standard connector ï = universal shape milling pattern for oblique connections with universal head ï = upside-down universal shape milling pattern for oblique connections with universal head ï = elongated hole for connection - with standard connectors ï with T-nuts ï = half circle for miter 3-way connection ï 126 2) Specifi cation with "A", "B", "C", same as for the amount of cross bushing boresï

122 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profi les 1.2E Mounting varation for profi les with 1 or more connectors, if the profi le cannot be rotated for high sliding load 2 1 Comments Position of assembly: profi les fl ush on the top Assembly 1 insert connector 2 push profi le to the bottom Fabrication measurements PG 30 PG 40 PG 45 Machining data For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le VB1Aä/ääää Machining data For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le VB1Bä/ääää Machining data For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le VB1Dä/ääää 120 RP = Reference point; Defi nition of machining data ï 119

123 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profi les 1.2E Mounting variation for profi les with 1 or more connectors, if the profi le cannot be rotated 1 for high flexure load 2 Comments Position of assembly: profi les fl ush on the top Assembly 1 insert connector 2 push profi le to the top Fabrication measurements PG 30 PG 40 PG 45 Machining data For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le VB2Aä/ääää 2 Machining data For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le VB2Bä/ääää Machining data For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le VB2Dä/ääää RP = Reference point; Defi nition of machining data ï

124 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profi les 1.2E Mounting varation for oblique connections with 1 or more connectors 2 a a = 0 deg. to 45 deg. x = 1 cos (a) Comments Position of assembly: profi les fl ush on the top Fabrication measurements for the use of oblique hinge connectors with an angle of 0 deg. to 45 deg. 1 Assembly 1 insert connector 2 push profi le to the bottom PG 30 PG 40 PG 45 for connectors FK1, FK2 for connectors EK1, EK2 for connectors EK1, EK2 For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le Machining data VB3Aä/ääää-ää.ä For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le Machining data VB3Bä/ääää-ää.ä Machining data For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le VB3Dä/ääää-ää.ä 122 RP = Reference point; Defi nition of machining data ï 119

125 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profi les 1.2E Mounting varation for oblique connections with 1 or more connectors 2 a a = 0 deg. to 45 deg. x = 1 cos (a) Comments Position of assembly: profi les fl ush on the top Fabrication measurements for the use of oblique hinge connectors with an angle of 0 deg. to 45 deg. Assembly 1 insert connector 2 push profi le to the top 1 PG 30 PG 40 PG 45 for connectors FK1, FK2 for connectors EK1, EK2 for connectors EK1, EK2 For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le Machining data VB4Aä/ääää-ää.ä 2 For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le Machining data VB4Bä/ääää-ää.ä Machining data For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le VB4Dä/ääää-ää.ä RP = Reference point; Defi nition of machining data ï

126 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profi les 1.2E Connection with standard connectors PG 30 PG 40 Single parts Connector, standard Connector, standard F1 (V) F2 (V) Single parts Connector, standard Connector, standard E1 (V) E2 (V) Mounting variation for profi les with 1 connector Assembly 1 insert connector 2 turn profi le 2 1 Fabrication measurements PG 30 PG 40 PG 45 For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le Machining data VB5Aä/ääää 124 RP = Reference point; Defi nition of machining data ï 119

127 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profi les 1.2E Connection with screw-type connector PG 30 PG 40 Single parts Screw-type connector S1M8/7 (V) T-Nut for subsequent insertion, with spring, F FM8 (V) Single parts Screw-type connector S1M8/11 (V) T-Nut for subsequent insertion, with spring, E EM8 (V) Fabrication measurements PG 30 PG 40 PG 45 For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le Machining data VB5Aä/ääää 2 For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le Machining data VB5Bä/ääää For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le Machining data VB5Dä/ääää RP = Reference point; Defi nition of machining data ï

128 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profi les 1.2E Assembly varation for 3-way connection with miter connectors Assembly 1 Capture anchor head between profi les 2 Ease profi les together 3 Tighten anchors joining profi le Fabrication measurements PG 30 PG 40 For fastening of profi le For fastening of profi le Machining data VB6Aä/ääää-ää.ä Machining data For fastening of profi le VB6Bä/ääää-ää.ä 126 RP = Reference point; Defi nition of machining data ï 119

129 Connection possibilities for profi les 40, round 1.2E Connection of profi les 40, round 30 Drill dimensions for profi les 40, round Calculation formulas for polygons 2 known searched Profi le 40, round 30 (b = 30 ) Profi le 40, round 45 (b = 45 ) Profi le 40, round 60 (b = 60 ) t = t = t = s = s = s = R 0 L = R 0 0, ,06 R 0 0, ,92 R 0 60 R a L = (R a 20) 0, ,06 (R a 20) 0, ,92 R a 80 SW 44,08 SW 49,14 SW 56,08 SW L = 0, ,06 0, ,92 60 EDDDD 3,73205 EDDD 3,4142 ED3 SW R 0 = SW 44,08 EDDDD 3,73205 SW 49,14 EDDD 3,4142 SW 56,08 SW 44,08 SW 49,14 SW 56,08 SW R a = EDDDD 3,73205 EDDD 3,4142 ED3 EDDDDDDD EDDDDDDD EDDDD R 0 SW = (R 0 2) 2 (R 0 0,51764) ,08 (R 0 2) 2 (R 0 0,76537) ,14 (R 0 2) 2 R ,08 EDDDDDDDDDD EDDDDDDDDDD EDDDDD R a SW = ((R a 20) 2) 2 ((R a 20) 0,51764) ,08 ((R a 20) 2) 2 ((R a 20) 0,76537) ,14 ((R a 20) 2) 2 R a ,08 ED3 127

130 Connection possibilities - Special cases 1.2E Subsequent mounting of profi les Step by step instruction for subsequent mounting of profi les with two standard connections for all profi le groups For the subsequent mounting of the profi le: 1. Mill on both ends a slot size of 6 8 mm. 2. Mount connector and fi x anchor in front position with setscrew. 3. Mount profi le. 4. Loosen setscrew. Due to the compressing spring the anchor is pushed into the slot. Turn anchor by 90 with screw driver. Fasten setscrew. 128

131 Connection possibilities - Other profi le systems 1.2E Connection of MayTec with other profi le systems Cross bushing MayTec profi les can easily be combined with other profi le systems. With the MayTec Screw-type connector and the T-Nut of the other profi le system Anchor T-Nut hole distance 10 mm hole distance 33 mm 2 anchor dim. With the MayTec Standard-connector two points have to be considered: Other profi le MayTec wall thickness hole distance 1. Anchor head-form and size The MayTec system provides 3 anchor head sizes. If any of the sizes don t fi t into the slots of other profi le systems, the anchor head can be made to fi t as required. Form H Form H 2. Hole distance During the machining of the cross bore the hole distance has to match the wall thickness of the profi le. hole distance = anchor dim. - wall thickness + 2 mm Form F Form E 129

132 Strength values for profi le connections with MayTec-Connectors 1.2F Torque tightening values for connector setscrew Tension load PG Slot Setscrew Torque value special execution recommended max. 20 H M Nm 6.0 Nm F M Nm 20.0 Nm 30 F M Nm 30.0 Nm 40 E M Nm 40.0 Nm 45 E M Nm 40.0 Nm 50 E M Nm 40.0 Nm 60 E M Nm 40.0 Nm PG Slot max. Tensile strength Connector T-Nut Standard Universal Square head 20 H - 1,500 N - M4 4,000 N F 5,000 N 6,000 N 8,000 N M8 8,000 N 30 F 5,000 N 6,000 N 8,000 N M8 8,000 N 40 E 10,000 N 12,000 N 12,000 N M8 12,000 N 45 E 15,000 N 18,000 N 20,000 N M8 20,000 N 50 E 15,000 N 18,000 N 20,000 N M8 20,000 N 60 E 15,000 N 18,000 N 20,000 N M8 20,000 N Comments The max. tightening values are only valid for the MayTec setscrew and can not be reached by the usual commercial quality standard. Comments All values given have been tested with pretension of the connectors and maximum torque value and refer to the connection of two identical profi les. Slide load Flexure load The listed values are valid for all light and heavy profi les PG Profi le Slot Pcs max. Slide strength max. Flexure strength Connector Standard, E-connector Standard, Universal, Square head Universal, (Standard, Square head Universal) H 1 1,500 N - 50 Nm ,000 N Nm 150 Nm ,000 N Nm F 1 5,000 N 7,500 N 65 Nm F 1 5,000 N 7,500 N 100 Nm ,000 N 7,500 N 100 Nm 160 Nm ,000 N 15,000 N 200 Nm 400 Nm , 5F 2 10,000 N 15,000 N 200 Nm 640 Nm , 8F 3 15,000 N 22,500 N 300 Nm 960 Nm , 8F 3 15,000 N 22,500 N 300 Nm 1,500 Nm angle 3 15,000 N 22,500 N 500 Nm ,000 N 30,000 N 800 Nm E 2 12,000 N 18,000 N 500 Nm 2,000 Nm E 1 6,000 N 9,000 N 250 Nm ,000 N 9,000 N 250 Nm 375 Nm ,000 N 18,000 N 500 Nm 1,000 Nm ,000 N 27,000 N 750 Nm 2,250 Nm ,000 N 36,000 N 1,000 Nm 4,000 Nm angle 3 18,000 N 27,000 N 1,250 Nm 80 80, 8E 4 24,000 N 36,000 N 2,000 Nm ,000 N 54,000 N 3,000 Nm 4,500 Nm ,000 N 72,000 N 6,000 Nm ,000 N 72,000 N 4,000 Nm 8,000 Nm E 1 6,000 N 9,000 N 360 Nm ,000 N 9,000 N 360 Nm 480 Nm ,000 N 18,000 N 720 Nm 1,440 Nm ,000 N 36,000 N 2,880 Nm E 1 6,000 N 9,000 N 400 Nm , 6E 2 12,000 N 18,000 N 800 Nm 1,600 Nm , 8E 3 18,000 N 27,000 N 1,200 Nm 2,400 Nm ,000 N 27,000 N 1,200 Nm 3,600 Nm ,000 N 36,000 N 3,200 Nm ,000 N 72,000 N 6,400 Nm 12,800 Nm E 1 6,000 N 9,000 N 480 Nm ,000 N 18,000 N 960 Nm 1,440 Nm 130

133 Connection elements 1.29 Anti-twist devices material: steel surface: galvanised Anti-twist device 13 g Anti-twist device for connector 11 g

134 Connection elements 1.29 Anti-twist devices In the case of high torque forces with connections of one connector only, twisting can be prevented by mounting 1 or 2 anti-twist devices. The nose of the anti-twist device fi ts into the basic profi le. material: surface: max. moment of torque: steel galvanised M A, max Fastening elements F-slot: Setscrew M G0608 E-slot: Setscrew M G0612 Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. Anti-twist device F M6 10 Nm 7.3 g FM6 Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. Anti-twist device E M6 10 Nm 14 g EM6 132

135 Connection elements 1.29 Anti-twist devices for subsequent insertion In the case of high torque forces with connections of one connector only, twisting can be prevented by mounting 1 or 2 anti-twist devices. for subsequent insertion The nose of the anti-twist device fi ts into the basic profi le. material: surface: max. moment of torque: steel galvanised M A, max Insert front-sided and rotate 2 Fastening elements F-slot: Setscrew ISO 4026 M6 8 E-slot: Setscrew ISO 4026 M G G0612 Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. Anti-twist device F M6 for subsequent insertion 10 Nm 7.3 g FM6 Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. Anti-twist device E M6 for subsequent insertion 10 Nm 14 g EM6 133

136 Connection elements 1.29 Clamping levers Any MayTec connector can be equipped with a clamping lever. For frequent opening and closing Clamping lever for drill jigs Clamping lever for connector clamping handle: clamping lever: annular gear: thread: PA-glass-fi ber reinf. with ratchet lever handle die casted zinc steel Clamping levers 40 for connector Description G L Weight Article-No. Clamping lever 40 for connector M g Clamping lever 40 for connector M g Clamping lever 40 for connector M g Clamping lever 40 for connector M g Clamping levers 65 for connector Description G L Weight Article-No. Clamping lever 65 for connector M g Clamping lever 65 for connector M g Clamping lever 65 for connector M g Clamping lever 65 for connector M g Clamping lever 65 for connector M g Clamping levers 80 for connector Description G L Weight Article-No. Clamping lever 80 for connector M g Clamping lever 80 for connector M g Clamping lever 80 for connector M g

137 Summary: Accessories Fastening elements Threaded plates ï 138 Threaded plates for subs. insertion ï 139 Threaded plates heavy ï 140 T-Nuts ï 141 T-Nuts for subs. insertion ï Spring-nuts front-sided insertion ï 145 T-slot nuts ï 146 Rhomboid T-slot nuts with self-locking ï 147 T-Bolts front-sided insertion ï 148 Threaded inserts ï Press-fi t threaded inserts ï Installation accessories Cover profi les ï 153 Cover profi les ï 153 Reducing profi les ï 154 Combination profi les ï 155 Combination profi les ï 156 Combination profi les for sliding profi les ï 158 Guide profi le for sliding profi le ï 159 Framing profi les one piece ï 160 Wegde profi les ï 161 Sponge rubber round cords ï Sealing profi le ï 164 Framing profi les ï Rubber cover-profi les ï 168 Cover caps for profi les ï Cover cap Ø48 for hand rail profi le ï 172 Cover plugs for cross bushings ï 173 Cover plugs domed for cross bushings ï 173 Cover caps for tubes ï 174 Cover caps for screw bores ï 174 Radius covers ï Radius compensations ï 177 Floor levelling screws ï 178 Levelling foot PA 20 ï 178 Hand adjustable feet ï Levelling feet ï 180 Adjustable tilt-feet ï Angular adjusting feet ï 186 Base foot ï 187 Base feet ï Base angle ï 193 Stacking foot ï 193 Fixed castors ï 194 Swivel castors ï 195 Swivel castors lockable ï 195 Locking castors ï Angles ï 198 Angles PA ï 199 Angles GD-Zn ï Angles GD-Al ï 206 Angles Alu ï 207 Swivel angles straight design ï 208 Swivel angles ï Cross connection plates ï 209 Base plates ï Floor mounting plate ï 212 Mounting plates ï 213 Floor plate ï 213 Connection plates ï

138 Summary: Accessories Fastening plate for joint ï 215 Eye-bolt ï 216 Corner piece set cubic PA ï 217 Corner piece set 45 PA ï 218 Corner piece set spherical PA ï 218 Corner pieces cubic ï Corner pieces segment ï Corner pieces segment, 2gang ï Corner pieces sphere ï Pneumatic accessories Pneumatic end plates ï Pneumatic connection plates ï 227 Pneumatic extension sets ï 228 Pneumatic-90 connection sets ï Pneumatic accessories ï Additional accessories Handles light PA ï 231 Handle light ï 231 Handle PA with mounting thread ï 232 Handles PA ï 232 Handle PA with mounting thread ï 233 Handle system round design ï 234 Handle system oval design ï 235 Grab handles made of profi les ï 236 Grab handle profi les ï 236 Hinges ï 237, 242 Lift-off hinges ï Double hinge ï 243 Hinges ï Alu hinges ï Alu hinges, heavy ï Joints ï Joints with clamping lever ï Mounting blocks screw-type ï 256 Mounting block GD-Zn ï 257 Mounting blocks for subs. insertion ï Mounting clamp blocks for subs. ins. ï Quick locks ï Bullet catches ï 265 Bullet catch PA ï 266 Magnetic lock PA ï 267 Lock ï 268 Cylinder locks ï 269 Cylinder locks with security latch ï 270 Flap-lock countersunk ï 271 Cylinder locks fl ush ï Mortise deadlocks ï Bar locks ï Latch lock ï 281 Rollers ï Twin track guide ï 283 Roller fastening sets ï Mounting adaptor for roller ï 288 Edge roller ï 289 Runner for sliding suspended doors ï 290 Alu-C-track for suspended doors ï

139 Summary: Accessories Frame guide for suspended doors ï 291 Rubber door stop for suspended doors ï 291 Slot rollers ï 292 Sliding blocks ï 294 T-Nut sliding blocks ï 295 Eco-Slides ï Hanging bracket ï 300 Suspended glider ï Electrical accessories Potential equalisation ï 302 Ground connections ï 303 Cable and hose clamp ï 304 Block for cable binder ï 305 Installation rings ï 306 Mounting set for 19" profi le ï 307 Safety switches ï Safety interlockingmountings ï Sensor brackets ï 315 Electrical installation trunkings ï Panel elements Corner elements for wire net m. profi le ï 320 Corner element 33 for wire net m. prf ï 321 Mounting sockets ï 322 Panel elements ï Wire nets, grid ï Tools 3 Self locking washers ï Button head screws ï 330 Press in device for knurled cross bushing ï 330 Tx screw driver ï 330 Drill jigs ï 332, 334 Drills ï 333, Milling cutters ï 333, Screw taps ï

140 Fastening elements 1.31 Threaded plates Fastening element for screw-type connections Fixed into position with leaf spring Assembly Insert from end material: surface: max. moment of torque: steel galvanised M A, max Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. Threaded plate H M3 1.3 Nm 1.5 g 1.31.HM3 Threaded plate H M4 2.0 Nm 1.3 g 1.31.HM4 Threaded plate H M5 2.0 Nm 1.2 g 1.31.HM5 Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. Threaded plate F M3 1.3 Nm 3.9 g 1.31.FM3 Threaded plate F M4 3.0 Nm 3.7 g 1.31.FM4 Threaded plate F M5 5.0 Nm 3.6 g 1.31.FM5 Threaded plate F M6 7.0 Nm 3.3 g 1.31.FM6 Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. Threaded plate E M3 1.3 Nm 12.0 g 1.31.EM3 Threaded plate E M4 3.0 Nm 11.8 g 1.31.EM4 Threaded plate E M5 5.0 Nm 11.6 g 1.31.EM5 Threaded plate E M6 8.0 Nm 11.3 g 1.31.EM6 Threaded plate E M Nm 11.0 g 1.31.EM8 138

141 Fastening elements 1.31 Threaded plates for subsequent insertion Fastening element for screw-type connections Assembly Insert frontally and turn 60 material: surface: max. moment of torque: steel galvanised M A, max Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. Threaded plate for subsequent insertion H M3 1.3 Nm 0.90 g HM3 Threaded plate for subsequent insertion H M4 2.0 Nm 0.85 g HM4 Threaded plate for subsequent insertion H M5 2.0 Nm 0.80 g HM

142 Fastening elements 1.31 Threaded plates heavy Fastening element for screw-type connections hinges, heavy, type 20, 21, 22, 23, 31 Fixed into position with leaf spring Assembly Insert from end material: surface: max. moment of torque: steel galvanised M A, max Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. Threaded plate, heavy E M Nm 17.2 g EM6 Threaded plate, heavy E M Nm 16.3 g EM8 Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. Threaded plate, heavy E 2 M Nm 33.8 g E2M6 Threaded plate, heavy E 2 M Nm 32.0 g E2M8 Fastening element for ST-Connector with anchor, screw-type ï 1.2D sample ï Eco-Slide 1.67 Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. Threaded plate, heavy E M Nm 12.4 g EM6 140

143 Fastening elements 1.32 T-Nuts with spring Fastening element for screw-type connections Fixing with leaf spring Assembly Insert from end material: surface: max. moment of torque: steel galvanised M A, max Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. T-Nut with spring F M6 10 Nm 7.0 g 1.32.FM6 T-Nut with spring F M8 26 Nm 6.6 g 1.32.FM8 3 Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. T-Nut with spring E M6 10 Nm 15 g 1.32.EM6 T-Nut with spring E M8 26 Nm 14 g 1.32.EM8 141

144 Fastening elements 1.32 T-Nuts for subsequent insertion, with spring ball Fastening element for screw-type connections Fixing with spring ball Assembly Insert front-sided and rotate material: surface: max. moment of torque: steel galvanised M A, max Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. T-Nut for subs. insertion, w. spring ball E M4 3.0 Nm 10.4 g EM4 T-Nut for subs. insertion, w. spring ball E M5 5.0 Nm 10.2 g EM5 T-Nut for subs. insertion, w. spring ball E M Nm 9.9 g EM6 T-Nut for subs. insertion, w. spring ball E M Nm 9.6 g EM8 142

145 Fastening elements 1.32 T-Nuts for subsequent insertion, with spring Fastening element for screw-type connections Fixing with leaf spring Design steel: material: steel surface: galvanised Design stainless: material: stainless steel surface: pickled and passivated max. moment of torque: M A, max Insert front-sided and rotate C C R R Description G Design M A, max Weight Article-No. T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring F M3 steel 1.3 Nm 5.0 g FM3 T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring F M4 steel 3.0 Nm 4.9 g FM4 T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring F M5 steel 5.0 Nm 4.6 g FM5 T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring F M6 steel 10.0 Nm 4.3 g FM6 T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring F M8 steel 10.0 Nm 3.7 g FM8 T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring F M6 stainless 10.0 Nm 4.3 g FM6V T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring F M8 stainless 10.0 Nm 3.7 g FM8V C C C C R R R R Description G Design M A, max Weight Article-No. T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E M3 steel 1.3 Nm 10.0 g EM3 T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E M4 steel 3.0 Nm 10.0 g EM4 T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E M5 steel 5.0 Nm 10.0 g EM5 T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E M6 steel 10.0 Nm 10.0 g EM6 T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E M8 steel 26.0 Nm 9.0 g EM8 T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E M4 stainless 3.0 Nm 10.0 g EM4V T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E M5 stainless 5.0 Nm 10.0 g EM5V T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E M6 stainless 10.0 Nm 10.0 g EM6V T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E M8 stainless 26.0 Nm 9.0 g EM8V 3 Fastening element for screw-type connections hinges, heavy, type 20, 21, 31 Fixing with leaf spring material: surface: max. moment of torque: steel galvanised M A, max Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E 2 M Nm 20.3 g E2M

146 Fastening elements 1.32 T-Nuts for subsequent insertion, with spring Fastening element for screw-type connections Fixing with leaf spring material: surface: max. moment of torque: steel galvanised M A, max Assembly Insert front-sided and rotate Fastening element for mounting angle, quick lock ï 265 Fastening without washer Fastening with washer Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring F 2 M4 3.0 Nm 7.0 g F2M4.25 Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E 2 M4 3.0 Nm 12.0 g E2M

147 Fastening elements 1.33 Spring-nuts front-sided insertion Fastening element for screw-type connections Applicable for small loads such as: enclosures electric switches Fixing with compressing spring Assembly Insert front-sided and turn 90 material: surface: max. moment of torque: steel galvanised M A, max Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. Spring-nut F M3 1.3 Nm 1.6 g 1.33.FM3 Spring-nut F M4 3.0 Nm 1.5 g 1.33.FM4 Spring-nut F M5 5.0 Nm 1.3 g 1.33.FM5 Spring-nut F M6 8.0 Nm 1.1 g 1.33.FM6 3 Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. Spring-nut E M3 1.3 Nm 3.9 g 1.33.EM3 Spring-nut E M4 3.0 Nm 3.7 g 1.33.EM4 Spring-nut E M5 5.0 Nm 3.4 g 1.33.EM5 Spring-nut E M Nm 3.0 g 1.33.EM6 145

148 Fastening elements 1.34 T-slot nuts Fastening element for screw-type connections Assembly Mount the T-slot nut onto the screw and insert into the slot Rotate the screw with T-slot nut 90 inside and then fasten material: surface: max. moment of torque: GD-Zn galvanised M A, max Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. T-slot nut F M4 3.0 Nm 2.4 g FM4 T-slot nut F M5 5.0 Nm 2.0 g FM5 T-slot nut F M Nm 1.7 g FM6 Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. T-slot nut E M4 3.0 Nm 3.6 g EM4 T-slot nut E M5 5.0 Nm 3.2 g EM5 T-slot nut E M Nm 3.0 g EM6 146

149 Fastening elements 1.34 Rhomboid T-slot nuts with self-locking For pre-assembly of threads in the profi le slot Assembly Pre-assemble the rhomboid T-slot nut onto the screw, and insert into the slot By tightening the screw, the rhomboid T-slot nut is turned 90 and jammed inside the slot with its conical fl anks Even after loosening the screw, the rhomboid T-slot nut will remain wedged in place 3 material: GD-Zn surface: galvanised max. moment of torque: M A, max Description G M A, max Weight Article-No. Rhomboid T-slot nut E M3 1.3 Nm 6.5 g EM3 Rhomboid T-slot nut E M4 3.0 Nm 6.2 g EM4 Rhomboid T-slot nut E M5 5.0 Nm 5.9 g EM5 Rhomboid T-slot nut E M Nm 5.5 g EM6 147

150 Fastening elements 1.34 T-Bolts front-sided insertion Fastening element for screw-type connections Fixing with compressing spring Assembly Insert front-sided and turn 90 material: steel surface: galvanised max. moment of torque: M A, max Description G L M A, max Weight Article-No. T-Bolt F M Nm 6.0 g 1.34.FM62 T-Bolt F M Nm 7.0 g 1.34.FM63 T-Bolt F M Nm 8.0 g 1.34.FM82 T-Bolt F M Nm 11.2 g 1.34.FM83 Description G L M A, max Weight Article-No. T-Bolt E M Nm 9.0 g 1.34.EM62 T-Bolt E M Nm 10.0 g 1.34.EM63 T-Bolt E M Nm 12.0 g 1.34.EM82 T-Bolt E M Nm 13.0 g 1.34.EM825 T-Bolt E M Nm 14.0 g 1.34.EM83 T-Bolt E M Nm 18.0 g 1.34.EM84 148

151 Fastening elements 1.35 Threaded inserts For mounting on front end material: steel surface: galvanised Comments for core hole Ø6 Description G Weight Article-No. Threaded insert M8/M4 1.0 g Threaded insert M8/M5 0.9 g For mounting on front end material: steel surface: galvanised Comments for outer chambers PG 50, heavy Description G Weight Article-No. Threaded insert M12/M4 8.6 g Threaded insert M12/M5 8.0 g Threaded insert M12/M6 7.3 g Threaded insert M12/M8 5.5 g

152 Fastening elements 1.35 Threaded inserts For mounting on front end and fastening of any profi le with core hole Ø12 For mounting on front end and fastening of profi les PG 60 Assembly preparation for threaded insert M14/Mxx Tap M14 thread in core hole Ø12 mm 1) Assembly preparation for threaded insert M16/M12 Drill Ø12 mm core hole to 14 mm Tap M16 thread in core hole Ø14 mm material: steel surface: galvanised 1) 1) Description D/G L Weight Article-No. Threaded insert M14/M g Threaded insert M14/M g Threaded insert M14/M g Threaded insert M14/M g Threaded insert M14/M g Threaded insert M14/M g Threaded insert M16/M g Threaded insert M16/M g

153 Fastening elements 1.35 Press-fi t threaded inserts For mounting on front end and fastening of any profi le with core hole Ø12 For screw connections across the profi le for cross section of 20 mm / 30 mm / 40 mm / 45 mm / 50 mm borehole-ø material: steel surface: galvanised Description G L l Weight Article-No. Press-fi t threaded insert Ø12/M g Press-fi t threaded insert Ø12/M g Press-fi t threaded insert Ø12/M g Press-fi t threaded insert Ø12/M g Press-fi t threaded insert Ø12/M g Press-fi t threaded insert Ø12/M g Press-fi t threaded insert Ø12/M g Press-fi t threaded insert Ø12/M g Press-fi t threaded insert Ø12/M g Press-fi t threaded insert Ø12/M g For screw connections across the profi le for cross section of 30 mm / 40 mm / 45 mm / 50 mm 3 borehole-ø material: steel surface: galvanised Description G L l Weight Article-No. Press-fi t threaded insert Ø16/M g Press-fi t threaded insert Ø16/M g Press-fi t threaded insert Ø16/M g Press-fi t threaded insert Ø16/M g

154 Fastening elements 1.35 Press-fi t threaded inserts w/o collar For mounting on front end and fastening of any profi le with core hole Ø12 material: steel surface: galvanised Description G Weight Article-No. Press-fi t threaded insert, w/o collar Ø12/M6 19 g Press-fi t threaded insert, w/o collar Ø12/M8 17 g

155 Installation accessories 1.41 Cover profi les Cover profi le with 1.2 mm jutout for the protection of the profi le slots bar length: 2.5 m material: PVC rigid oil and water resistant anti-electrostatic lead- and cadmium free Description Colour similar to RAL Weight Article-No. Cover profi le 10, PVC, F/E, grey g/bar Cover profi le 10, PVC, F/E, black g/bar Cover profi le 10, PVC, F/E, yellow g/bar bar length: 2.5 m material: aluminium surface: natural anodised Cover profi le 10, Alu, F/E 67.5 g/bar Cover profi le for the protection of the profi le slots Dangerous spots can be marked with yellow cover profi les 4 bar length: 2.5 m material: PVC rigid oil and water resistant Description Colour similar to RAL bar Weight Article-No. Cover profi le 34, PVC, E, grey m 170 g/bar E34.1 Cover profi le 34, PVC, E, black m 170 g/bar E34.2 Cover profi le 34, PVC, E, yellow m 204 g/bar E

156 Installation accessories 1.41 Reducing profi les PVC To reduce the slot size from 8 mm to 6 mm bar length: 2.5 m material: PVC rigid oil and water resistant anti-electrostatic lead- and cadmium free Description Colour similar to RAL Weight Article-No. Reducing profi le PVC, F/E, 8/6 grey g/bar Reducing profi le PVC, F/E, 8/6 black g/bar

157 Installation accessories 1.41 Combination profi les PVC Combination profi les for use as reduction or cover profi les Use as reduction profi le bar length: 2.5 m material: PVC rigid oil and water resistant Colours: grey black red blue green Use as slot-cover profi le Description B Colour similar to RAL Weight Article-No. Combination profi le PVC, H 2 grey g/bar 1.41.H02.1 Combination profi le PVC, H 2 black g/bar 1.41.H02.2 Combination profi le PVC, H 2 red g/bar 1.41.H Combination profi le PVC, H 2 blue g/bar 1.41.H Combination profi le PVC, H 2 green g/bar 1.41.H Combination profi le PVC, H 4 grey g/bar 1.41.H04.1 Combination profi le PVC, H 4 black g/bar 1.41.H

158 Installation accessories 1.41 Combination profi les Combination profi les for use as reduction or cover profi les Use as reduction profi le bar length: 2.5 m material: PP oil and water resistant Use as slot-cover profi le Colours: grey black orange red blue green Description D Colour similar to RAL Weight Article-No. Combination profi le F grey g/bar 1.41.F14.1 Combination profi le F black g/bar 1.41.F14.2 Description D Colour similar to RAL Weight Article-No. Combination profi le F grey g/bar 1.41.F46.1 Combination profi le F black g/bar 1.41.F46.2 Combination profi le F red g/bar 1.41.F Combination profi le F blue g/bar 1.41.F Combination profi le F green g/bar 1.41.F Description D Colour similar to RAL Weight Article-No. Combination profi le E grey g/bar 1.41.E314.1 Combination profi le E black g/bar 1.41.E314.2 Description D Colour similar to RAL Weight Article-No. Combination profi le E grey g/bar 1.41.E346.1 Combination profi le E black g/bar 1.41.E346.2 Combination profi le E orange g/bar 1.41.E Combination profi le E red g/bar 1.41.E Combination profi le E blue g/bar 1.41.E Combination profi le E green g/bar 1.41.E

159 Installation accessories 1.41 Sliding doors construction types Fixed Removable Profi le Sliding profi le 30 mm Sliding profi le 50 mm Type of mounting Fixed Removable Fixed Removable Profi le above Profi le below Panel element 8 mm H = A - 6 H = A - 18 H = A - 30 H = A - 9 H = A - 19 H1 = A - 44 H1 = A - 56 H1 = A - 45 Panel element 6 mm 4 H = A - 8 H = A - 19 H = A - 31 H = A - 9 H = A - 19 H1 = A - 45 H1 = A - 57 H1 = A - 45 Panel element 1-14 mm H = A - 6 H = A - 18 H = A - 30 H = A - 17 H = A - 19 H1 = A - 58 H1 = A - 70 H1 = A - 82 H1 = A - 69 H1 = A

160 Installation accessories 1.41 Combination profi les PVC Combination profi les for sliding profi les alternatively suitable as: reducing profi le cover profi le Inserted plate (only combination profi le ) Inserted plate for sliding profi le 30 26: combination profi le Inserted plate for sliding profi le 50 14: for sliding profi le , bar length: 2.5 m material: PVC rigid oil and water resistant colour: grey Description B Weight Article-No. Combination profi le PVC for g/bar Description B Weight Article-No. Combination profi le PVC for g/bar Combination profi le PVC for g/bar

161 Installation accessories 1.41 Guide profi le PVC The guide profi le is necessary for demountable sliding doors for the use of panel elements of each plate thickness from 1 mm to 14 mm Drill dimensions Use in sliding profi le Minimum height for lifting of the panel elements Use in sliding profi le with combination profi le 4 bar length: 2.5 m material: PVC rigid oil and water resistant colour: grey Guide profi le PVC for sliding profi le 375 g/bar

162 Installation accessories 1.41 Framing profi les one piece The one piece framing profi le for mounting panels of different thickness The elastic lips provide a good seal One sided application for profi les with F- and E-slots and panels 5-6 mm thick One sided application for profi les with H- slots and panels 3-4 mm thick Two sided application for profi les with F- and E-slots and panels 1-4 mm thick length of ring: 60 m material: NBR - 60 Shore A compatible with acrylic glass oil and water resistant Colours grey: similar to RAL 7035 black: similar to RAL 9011 Description Colour Weight Article-No. Framing profi le one piece F grey ring 2,200 g/ring F Framing profi le one piece F grey cut to length 37 g/m F0.1-A00A00/... Framing profi le one piece F black ring 2,200 g/ring F Framing profi le one piece F black cut to length 37 g/m F0.2-A00A00/... /... = length in mm Description Colour Weight Article-No. Framing profi le one piece E grey ring 3,120 g/ring E Framing profi le one piece E grey cut to length 52 g/m E0.1-A00A00/... Framing profi le one piece E black ring 3,120 g/ring E Framing profi le one piece E black cut to length 52 g/m E0.2-A00A00/... /... = length in mm 160

163 Installation accessories 1.41 Wedge profi les Wedge profi les for sealing or fi xing of panel elements with a thickness of 4 mm Length of wedge profi le = frame - clear opening + 2 mm E3-slot length of ring: 100 m material: Santoprene free of silicon compatible with acrylic glass 4 Description Colour Weight Article-No. Wedge profi le E3 grey ring 5.0 kg/ring E Wedge profi le E3 grey cut to length 50 g/m E3.1-A00A00/... /... = length in mm 161

164 Installation accessories 1.41 Sponge rubber round cords Sponge rubber round cords for sealing Profi le with panel element 1 profi le with slot 1 profi le closed 2 profi les with slots 1 profi le with slot-cover profi le Sponge rubber round cord diameter-determination Profi le slot H-slot F-slot E-slot Sponge rubber diameter 8 mm 12 mm 18 mm 162

165 Installation accessories 1.41 Sponge rubber round cords For compensation of slot width on in-between sizes of cover panels Enclosures with panel materials Enclosures with wire screens Sponge rubber round cord diameter-determination Profi le slot Plate thickness Sponge rubber diameter H-slot 1-3 mm 6 mm F-slot 1-2 mm 10 mm 3 mm 8 mm 4-5 mm 6 mm E-slot 1-3 mm 10 mm 3-4 mm 2 8 mm 5 mm 2 6 mm length of ring: 100 m material: EPDM colour: grey Description D Weight Article-No. Sponge rubber round cords Ø6 ring 1.1 kg/ring Sponge rubber round cords Ø6 cut to length 11 g/m A00A00/... Sponge rubber round cords Ø8 ring 1.9 kg/ring Sponge rubber round cords Ø8 cut to length 19 g/m A00A00/... Sponge rubber round cords Ø10 ring 3.2 kg/ring Sponge rubber round cords Ø10 cut to length 32 g/m A00A00/... Sponge rubber round cords Ø12 ring 4.6 kg/ring Sponge rubber round cords Ø12 cut to length 46 g/m A00A00/... Sponge rubber round cords Ø18 ring 10.0 kg/ring Sponge rubber round cords Ø18 cut to length 100 g/m A00A00/... /... = length in mm 4 163

166 Installation accessories 1.41 Sealing profi le For sealing of doors and windows and for door stops length of ring: 40 m material: EPDM, 60 ± 5 Shore A free of silicon compatible with acrylic glass Description Colour Weight Article-No. Sealing profi le F black ring 5.12 kg/ring F.2.40 Sealing profi le F black cut to length 128 g/m F.2-A00A00/... /... = length in mm 164

167 Installation accessories 1.41 Framing profi les The framing profi le allows the installation of panels in closed frames panel element base profi le clamping strip notch Assembly 1. Insert base profi le in profi le slot 2. Put panel element in position 3. Push clamping strip in position Comments The clamping strip is badged by a notch as a distinctive mark to the base profi le Maximum loading of framing profi le: F max = 200 N/m For maximum loading of element be aware of the stability of used framing profi le bar length: 6 m material: base body: lip: temperature range: PVC rigid, 98 Shore A PVC soft, TPE 60 ± 5 Shore A, compatible with acrylic glass -20 C to +80 C 4 Comments Suitable for panel elements from 1 to 10 mm thickness Colours grey: similar to RAL 7035 black: similar to RAL 9011 Description Colour Weight Article-No. Framing profi le F/E grey bar 1.1 kg/bar Framing profi le F/E grey cut to length 181 g/m A00A00/... Framing profi le F/E black bar 1.1 kg/bar Framing profi le F/E black cut to length 181 g/m A00A00/... /... = length in mm 165

168 Installation accessories 1.41 Comments Suitable for panel elements from 1 to 7 mm thickness Colours grey: similar to RAL 7035 black: similar to RAL 9011 Description Colour Weight Article-No. Framing profi le F/E, 1-7 mm grey bar 960 g/bar Framing profi le F/E, 1-7 mm grey cut to length 160 g/m A00A00/... Framing profi le F/E, 1-7 mm black bar 960 g/bar Framing profi le F/E, 1-7 mm black cut to length 160 g/m A00A00/... /... = length in mm 166

169 1.41 Framing profi les The framing profi le allows the installation of panels in closed frames panel element base profi le clamping strip bulge Assembly 1. Insert base profi le in profi le slot 2. Put panel element in position 3. Push clamping strip in position Comments The clamping strip is badged by a bulge as a distinctive mark to the base profi le Maximum loading of framing profi le: F max = 200 N/m For maximum loading of element be aware of the stability of used framing profi le bar length: 6 m material: base body: lip: temperature range: PVC rigid, 98 Shore A PVC soft, TPE 60 ± 5 Shore A, compatible with acrylic glass -20 C to +80 C 4 Comments Suitable for panel elements from 1 to 10 mm thickness Colours grey: similar to RAL 7035 black: similar to RAL 9011 Description Colour Weight Article-No. Framing profi le E grey bar 1.1 kg/bar E Framing profi le E grey cut to length 181 g/m E A00A00/... Framing profi le E black bar 1.1 kg/bar E Framing profi le E black cut to length 181 g/m E A00A00/... /... = length in mm 167

170 Installation accessories 1.41 Rubber cover-profi les Rubber cover-profi les for profi le protection Suitable for: door stop slide prevention on steps protection against damage handrails pads length of ring: 20 m material: NBR, hardness 80 Shore A oil and water resistant colour: black Rubber cover-profi le F, black ring 2.4 kg/ring F30.20 Rubber cover-profi le F, black cut to length 120 g/m F30-A00A00/... /... = length in mm Rubber cover-profi le E3, black ring 4.4 kg/ring E40.20 Rubber cover-profi le E3, black cut to length 220 g/m E40-A00A00/... /... = length in mm Rubber cover-profi le E4, black ring 6.4 kg/ring E50.20 Rubber cover-profi le E4, black cut to length 320 g/m E50-A00A00/... /... = length in mm 168

171 Installation accessories 1.42 Cover caps Cover caps prevent dirt from entering and avoid lacerations. material: PA-GF temperature range: -20 C to +85 C Comments Before mounting debur core hole Rectangle for profiles without core hole Description Colour Weight Article-No. Cover cap 16 40, E black 3.9 g only for E-Slot Description Colour Weight Article-No. Cover cap 16 80, E grey 7.1 g Cover cap 16 80, E black 7.1 g only for E-Slot Cover cap set g Single parts Pcs. Colour Cover cap black 14.0 g Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D Description Colour Weight Article-No. Cover cap black 2 g for tube profi le 4 Description A B L Colour Weight Article-No. Cover cap for tube profi le 14.5 black 10.2 g Cover cap for tube profi le 14.5 black 17.7 g

172 Installation accessories 1.42 for profiles with core hole-ø6 Soft Description Colour Weight Article-No. Cover cap grey 3 g Cover cap black 3 g Square Description Colour Weight Article-No. Cover cap grey 3 g Cover cap black 3 g Rectangle Description Colour Weight Article-No. Cover cap grey 6 g Cover cap black 6 g Square Description Colour Weight Article-No. Cover cap black 6 g

173 Installation accessories 1.42 for profiles with core hole-ø12 Soft Description A B L Colour Weight Article-No. Cover cap grey 5 g Cover cap black 5 g Cover cap grey 8 g Cover cap black 8 g Cover cap black 10 g Cover cap grey 12 g Cover cap black 12 g Round! note "h"! Description A W h L Colour Weight Article-No. Cover cap 40, round black 6 g R30.2 Cover cap 40, round black 8 g R45.2 Cover cap 40, round black 12 g R60.2 Cover cap 40, round black 16 g R90.2 Square Description A B L Colour Weight Article-No. Cover cap grey 6 g Cover cap black 6 g Cover cap grey 10 g Cover cap black 10 g Cover cap black 12 g Cover cap grey 15 g Cover cap black 15 g Cover cap black 18 g Rectangle Description A B L Colour Weight Article-No. Cover cap black 4 g Cover cap grey 8 g Cover cap black 8 g Cover cap black 12.1 g Rectangle 1) 1) Description A B L Colour Weight Article-No. Cover cap grey 8 g Cover cap black 8 g Cover cap black 20 g Cover cap black 27 g Cover cap grey 18 g Cover cap black 18 g Cover cap black 20.5 g Cover cap grey 26 g Cover cap black 26 g Cover cap black 40 g Cover cap black 25.9 g only for E-Slot 4 Description A B L Colour Weight Article-No. Cover cap black 21.4 g

174 Installation accessories 1.42 for profiles with core hole-ø12 Square Description A B L Colour Weight Article-No. Cover cap black 34 g Cover cap black 42 g Cover cap black 52 g Rectangle Cover cap set g Single parts Pcs. Colour Cover cap black 68.0 g Threaded insert M14/M g Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D Ø48 for hand rail profi le C material: PA-GF Description L Colour Weight Article-No. Cover cap Ø48 for hand rail profi le 14 grey 1.8 g R00.1 Cover cap Ø48 for hand rail profi le 14 black 1.8 g R

175 Installation accessories 1.42 Cover plugs Cover plug in combination with cover profi le The cover plug allows the closing of the connector cross bushing bore material: PE Description Colour L d Weight Article-No. Cover plug 20 grey 3.5 Ø4.3 2 g Cover plug 20 black 3.5 Ø4.3 2 g Cover plug 30 grey 6.0 Ø5.3 3 g Cover plug 30 black 6.0 Ø5.3 3 g Cover plug 40 grey 11.0 Ø5.3 4 g Cover plug 40 black 11.0 Ø5.3 4 g Cover plug 50 grey 16.0 Ø5.3 5 g Cover plug 50 black 16.0 Ø5.3 5 g Cover plugs domed C 4 The cover plug allows the closing of the connector cross bushing bore material: PE Description Colour L d Weight Article-No. Cover plug 20 domed grey 3.5 Ø g Cover plug 20 domed black 3.5 Ø g Cover plug 30 domed grey 6.0 Ø g Cover plug 30 domed black 6.0 Ø g Cover plug 40 domed grey 11.0 Ø g Cover plug 40 domed black 11.0 Ø g Cover plug 45 domed grey 12.5 Ø g Cover plug 45 domed black 12.5 Ø g Cover plug 50 domed grey 15.0 Ø g Cover plug 50 domed black 15.0 Ø g Cover plug 60 domed grey 20.0 Ø g Cover plug 60 domed black 20.0 Ø g

176 Installation accessories 1.42 Cover caps for tubes The cover cap allows the closing of the aluminium tube (inner tube Ø = d) material: PE Description D Colour d Weight Article-No. Tube cover cap Ø20 grey Ø g Tube cover cap Ø20 black Ø g Tube cover cap Ø30 grey Ø g Tube cover cap Ø30 black Ø g Tube cover cap Ø40 grey Ø g Tube cover cap Ø40 black Ø g Cover caps for screw bores C The cover plug allows the closing of the screw bore Profi le 30 Profi le 40 material: PE Description Colour Weight Article-No. Cover plug Ø15 grey 1.3 g Cover plug Ø15 black 1.3 g

177 Installation accessories 1.43 Radius covers C For covering the exterior profi le radius material: PA-GF Drill dimensions by use of radius covers (dimensions K, T ï connector-cross bushings 1.2B) For mounting of panels the slots can be broken out 1 cover with 1 radius Mounting-Variations 1 cover with 2 radii 1 cover with 1 radius 1 cover with 2 radii Square with one radius Description A Colour Weight Article-No. Radius cover 1R 30 grey 3.1 g Radius cover 1R 30 black 3.1 g Radius cover 1R 40 grey 6.1 g Radius cover 1R 40 black 6.1 g Radius cover 1R 45 grey 5.4 g Radius cover 1R 45 black 5.4 g Rectangle with one radius Description A B Colour Weight Article-No. Radius cover 1R grey 5.8 g Radius cover 1R black 5.8 g Radius cover 1R grey 11.8 g Radius cover 1R black 11.8 g Radius cover 1R grey 10.7 g Radius cover 1R black 10.7 g

178 Installation accessories 1.43 Rectangle 90 with one radius Description A B Colour Weight Article-No. Radius cover 1R grey 5.8 g Radius cover 1R black 5.8 g Radius cover 1R grey 11.8 g Radius cover 1R black 11.8 g Radius cover 1R grey 10.8 g Radius cover 1R black 10.8 g Square with one radius Description A Colour Weight Article-No. Radius cover 1R 60 grey 12.0 g Radius cover 1R 60 black 12.0 g Radius cover 1R 80 grey 24.0 g Radius cover 1R 80 black 24.0 g Square with two radii Description A Colour Weight Article-No. Radius cover 2R 30 grey 3.2 g Radius cover 2R 30 black 3.2 g Radius cover 2R 40 grey 6.3 g Radius cover 2R 40 black 6.3 g Radius cover 2R 45 grey 5.6 g Radius cover 2R 45 black 5.6 g Rectangle with two radii Rectangle 90 with two radii Description A B Colour Weight Article-No. Radius cover 2R grey 6.0 g Radius cover 2R black 6.0 g Radius cover 2R grey 12.0 g Radius cover 2R black 12.0 g Radius cover 2R grey 10.9 g Radius cover 2R black 10.9 g Description A B Colour Weight Article-No. Radius cover 2R grey 6.0 g Radius cover 2R black 6.0 g Radius cover 2R grey 12.0 g Radius cover 2R black 12.0 g Radius cover 2R grey 11.0 g Radius cover 2R black 11.0 g Square with two radii Description A Colour Weight Article-No. Radius cover 2R 60 grey 12.0 g Radius cover 2R 60 black 12.0 g Radius cover 2R 80 grey 24.0 g Radius cover 2R 80 black 24.0 g

179 Installation accessories 1.43 Radius compensations C Radius compensation for hand rails ï Profi le applications 1.1E.03 Post: Profi le Comments Angled joints at any required angle Not suitably for the use with tilted hand rails material: PA-GF E E1 Working dimensions for hand rail straight with radius compensation Description A A Colour Weight Article-No. Radius compensations grey 4.0 g Radius compensations black 4.0 g Radius compensations grey 7.0 g Radius compensations black 7.0 g Post: Profi le Ø48 4 material: PA-GF E1 Working dimensions for hand rail straight with radius compensation Description Colour Weight Article-No. Radius compensations Ø48 grey 4.0 g Radius compensations Ø48 black 4.0 g

180 Installation accessories 1.44 Levelling feet Assembly Fastening in core hole Ø6 mm with thread M8 Fastening in core hole Ø6 mm with thread M8 Fastening in core hole Ø12 with threaded insert M14/M8 material: plate: screw: max. static load: PE-HD steel, galvanised 2,500 N Floor levelling screw, SW20, M g material: plate: screw: max. static load: PE-HD steel, galvanised 2,500 N Floor levelling screw, Ø24, M g material: foot plate: PA, black threaded bolt: steel, galvanised max. static load: 500 N with anti-slip-disc Levelling foot, PA, 20 M g

181 Installation accessories 1.44 Hand adjustable feet For manual levelling of benches, tables and light bases. Height adjustable alternative by hand or with tool Fastening in core hole Fastening in slot material: capsule: spindle, nut and washer: max. static load: PA, black steel galvanised 1,500 N Hand adjustable foot g Hand adjustable foot g

182 Installation accessories 1.44 Levelling feet Assembly Fastening in core hole with threaded insert M14/M10 For profi les with core hole-ø 12 mm material: foot plate: cap: screw thread: max. static load: PA, black steel, galvanised steel, galvanised 1,500 N Levelling furniture foot, Ø30, M g material: foot plate: cap: screw thread: max. static load: PA, black steel, galvanised steel, galvanised 1,500 N Levelling foot, Ø35, M g material: foot plate: screw thread: max. static load: PA, black steel, galvanised 1,500 N Description L Weight Article-No. Levelling foot, Ø45, M g Levelling foot, Ø45, M g

183 Installation accessories 1.44 Adjustable tilt-feet Adjustable tilt-feet for gradual height adjustment of sub-assemblies such as: tables bases shelves stands Fastening in core hole thread M14 Fastening with base plate, for profi les without centric core hole Fastening by press-fi t threaded insert across the profi le Levelling via ball and ball socket ±15 Comments Infi nitely variable adjustable tilt-feet for use either with: anti-slip disc cushion element Adjustable tilt-feet - Single parts Pos. Description Material Adjustable tilt-foot- PA GD-Zn Steel Stainl. steel NBR plate 2 spindle 3 nut 4 anti-slip disc cushion element 181

184 Installation accessories 1.44 Adjustable tilt-foot plates without mounting holes material: PA: PA-GF, black GD-Zn: GD-Zn, black powder-coated stainless: stainless steel F = static load max. in kn Design without mounting holes S = height of: anti-slip disc (S = 2 mm) cushion element (S = 10 mm) PA GD-Zn Stainless steel C R Description D F Weight Article-No. Adjustable tilt-foot plate PA, 30 Ø29 5 kn 8 g Adjustable tilt-foot plate PA, 40 Ø39 9 kn 13 g Adjustable tilt-foot plate PA, 45 Ø44 9 kn 15 g Adjustable tilt-foot plate PA, 50 Ø49 9 kn 16 g Adjustable tilt-foot plate PA, 60 Ø59 9 kn 22 g Adjustable tilt-foot plate GD-Zn, 30 Ø29 20 kn 48 g Adjustable tilt-foot plate GD-Zn, 40 Ø39 30 kn 70 g Adjustable tilt-foot plate GD-Zn, 45 Ø44 30 kn 90 g Adjustable tilt-foot plate GD-Zn, 50 Ø49 30 kn 126 g Adjustable tilt-foot plate GD-Zn, 60 Ø59 30 kn 160 g Adjustable tilt-foot plate GD-Zn, 80 Ø79 30 kn 260 g Adjustable tilt-foot plate GD-Zn, 100 Ø99 35 kn 400 g Adjustable tilt-foot plate GD-Zn, 120 Ø kn 584 g Adjustable tilt-foot plate, 30 Ø29 20 kn 62 g V Adjustable tilt-foot plate, 40 Ø39 30 kn 99 g V Adjustable tilt-foot plate, 45 Ø44 30 kn 123 g V Adjustable tilt-foot plate, 50 Ø49 35 kn 158 g V Adjustable tilt-foot plate, 60 Ø59 35 kn 218 g V Adjustable tilt-foot plate, 80 Ø79 35 kn 380 g V Adjustable tilt-foot plate, 100 Ø99 40 kn 605 g V Adjustable tilt-foot plate, 120 Ø kn 844 g V 182

185 Installation accessories 1.44 Adjustable tilt-foot plates with mounting holes material: PA: PA-GF, black F = static load max. in kn Comments The holes for fastening screws are closed on the upper side and can be bored open if required. Design with mounting holes S = height of: anti-slip disc (S = 2 mm) cushion element (S = 10 mm) PA Description D d F Weight Article-No. Adjustable tilt-foot plate PA, 80 Ø79 Ø54 9 kn 46 g Adjustable tilt-foot plate PA, 100 Ø99 Ø74 9 kn 86 g Adjustable tilt-foot plate PA, 120 Ø119 Ø94 9 kn 104 g material: GD-Zn: GD-Zn, black powder-coated stainless: stainless steel pickled and passivated F = static load max. in kn Comments Fixing drilling with counterbore DIN 74 - M8 for cap-screw DIN 6912-M8 4 Design with mounting holes S = height of: anti-slip disc (S = 2 mm) cushion element (S = 10 mm) GD-Zn Stainless steel C R Description D h d F Weight Article-No. Adjustable tilt-foot plate steel, 80 Ø Ø54 30 kn 260 g Adjustable tilt-foot plate steel, 100 Ø Ø74 35 kn 377 g Adjustable tilt-foot plate steel, 120 Ø Ø94 35 kn 570 g Adjustable tilt-foot plate stainl., 80 Ø Ø54 30 kn 354 g V Adjustable tilt-foot plate stainl., 100 Ø Ø74 40 kn 587 g V Adjustable tilt-foot plate stainl., 120 Ø Ø94 40 kn 830 g V 183

186 Installation accessories 1.44 Adjustable tilt-foot spindles material: steel: steel, galvanised stainless: stainless steel , pickled and passivated Steel Stainless steel C R Description G L SW Weight Article-No. Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M g Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M g Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M g Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M g Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M g Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M g Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M g Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M g Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M g Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M g Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M g Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M g Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M g Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M g Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, stainless M g V Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, stainless M g V Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, stainless M g V Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, stainless M g V Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, stainless M g V Adjustable tilt-foot nuts material: steel: steel, galvanised stainless: stainless steel , pickled and passivated Steel Stainless steel C R Description G H Weight Article-No. Adjustable tilt-foot nut M8 5 5 g M08 Adjustable tilt-foot nut M g M10 Adjustable tilt-foot nut M g M12 Adjustable tilt-foot nut M g M14 Adjustable tilt-foot nut M g M16 Adjustable tilt-foot nut M g M20 Adjustable tilt-foot nut, stainless M g M14V 184

187 Installation accessories 1.44 Adjustable tilt-foot anti-slip discs C Element for protection against dislocation and fl oor damage material: NBR, oil and water resistant colour: black hardness: 80 Shore A F = static load max. in KN Description D d F Weight Article-No. Adj. tilt-foot anti-slip disc for plate 30 Ø20-5 kn 2.0 g Adj. tilt-foot anti-slip disc for plate 40 Ø30-6 kn 4.0 g Adj. tilt-foot anti-slip disc for plate 45 Ø35-7 kn 5.5 g Adj. tilt-foot anti-slip disc for plate 50 Ø39-8 kn 7.5 g Adj. tilt-foot anti-slip disc for plate 60 Ø49-9 kn 12.0 g Adj. tilt-foot anti-slip disc for plate 80 Ø67 Ø54 10 kn 22.0 g Adj. tilt-foot anti-slip disc for plate 100 Ø87 Ø74 10 kn 36.0 g Adj. tilt-foot anti-slip disc for plate 120 Ø107 Ø94 10 kn 57.0 g Adjustable tilt-foot cushion elements C Cushion elements material: NBR, oil and water resistant colour: black hardness: 70 Shore A F = static load max. in N 4 Description D F Weight Article-No. Adj. tilt-foot cushion element for plate 40 Ø N 14 g Adj. tilt-foot cushion element for plate 45 Ø N 19 g Adj. tilt-foot cushion element for plate 50 Ø N 24 g Adj. tilt-foot cushion element for plate 60 Ø N 35 g Adj. tilt-foot cushion element for plate 80 Ø N 68 g Adj. tilt-foot cushion element for plate 100 Ø N 118 g Adj. tilt-foot cushion element for plate 120 Ø107 1,200 N 188 g

188 Installation accessories 1.44 Angular adjusting feet For fastening of frames to fl oor or wall material: base body: nuts: screws: max. static load: GD-Al, black steel galvanised steel galvanised 10,000 N Delivery unit base body nut M8 screw M Angular adjusting foot without adjusting screw 468 g Delivery unit: base body nut M8 screw M screw M square nut Angular adjusting foot with adjusting screw 519 g

189 Installation accessories 1.44 Base foot for profile Base feet for fastening profi les and frames to fl oor or wall material: GD-Zn Base foot for profi le g Floor mounting set Plain washers for vertical alignment as required Drilling depth min. 70 mm Floor mounting set 3 MKT g BB Single parts Pcs. Weight Article-No. Pin anchor MKT, B10/20/ g 0.66.MKT.B1020/95 Plain washer 1 Ø24/ g

190 Installation accessories 1.44 Base feet Base feet for fastening profi les and frames to fl oor or wall material: GK AlZn 10Si8Mg 40 40, type 1, left 40 40, type 1, right Comments 3D picture shows type 1, right mirror-inverted: type 1, left Mounting sets (ï 191, 192) Floor mounting set 4 MKT Profi le mounting set 4 EM8 Description for profile Weight Article-No. Base foot 40 40, type 1, left 40 40, kg L Base foot 40 40, type 1, right 40 40, kg R 40 40, type 2, left 40 40, type 2, right Comments 3D picture shows type 2, right mirror-inverted: type 2, left Mounting sets (ï 191, 192) Floor mounting set 3 MKT Profi le mounting set 4 EM8 Description for profile Weight Article-No. Base foot 40 40, type 2, left kg L Base foot 40 40, type 2, right kg R 188

191 Installation accessories , type 2, left 45 45, type 2, right Comments 3D picture shows type 2, right mirror-inverted: type 2, left Mounting sets (ï 191, 192) Floor mounting set 3 MKT Profi le mounting set 4 EM8 Description for profile Weight Article-No. Base foot 45 45, type 2, left kg L Base foot 45 45, type 2, right kg R 40 80, type 1, left 40 80, type 1, right Comments 3D picture shows type 1, right mirror-inverted: type 1, left Mounting sets (ï 191, 192) Floor mounting set 4 MKT Profi le mounting set 6 EM8 Description for profile Weight Article-No. Base foot 40 80, type 1, left 40 80, 60 80, kg L Base foot 40 80, type 1, right 40 80, 60 80, kg R , type 2, left 40 80, type 2, right Comments 3D picture shows type 2, right mirror-inverted: type 2, left Mounting sets (ï 191, 192) Floor mounting set 3 MKT Profi le mounting set 6 EM8 Description for profile Weight Article-No. Base foot 40 80, type 2, left kg L Base foot 40 80, type 2, right kg R 189

192 Installation accessories , type 2, left 45 90, type 2, right Comments 3D picture shows type 2, right mirror-inverted: type 2, left Mounting sets (ï 191, 192) Floor mounting set 3 MKT Profi le mounting set 6 EM8 Description for profile Weight Article-No. Base foot 45 90, type 2, left kg L Base foot 45 90, type 2, right kg R 60 80, type 2, left 60 80, type 2, right Comments 3D picture shows type 2, right mirror-inverted: type 2, left Mounting sets (ï 191, 192) Floor mounting set 3 MKT Profi le mounting set 6 EM8 Description for profile Weight Article-No. Base foot 60 80, type 2, left kg L Base foot 60 80, type 2, right kg R 190

193 Installation accessories 1.44 Floor mounting sets Cross-reference list for base feet and fl oor mounting sets Base foot Article-No. Floor mounting set 3 MKT, BB 4 MKT, BB 40 40, type 1, le/ri x 40 40, type 2, le/ri x 40 80, type 1, le/ri x 40 80, type 2, le/ri x 45 45, type 2, le/ri x 45 90, type 2, le/ri x 60 80, type 2, le/ri x Comments Drilling depth min. 70 mm Plain washers for vertical alignment as required Floor mounting set 3 MKT g BB Single parts Pcs. Weight Article-No. Pin anchor MKT, B10/20/ g 0.66.MKT.B1020/95 Plain washer 1 Ø24/ g Floor mounting set 4 MKT g BB Single parts Pcs. Weight Article-No. Pin anchor MKT, B10/20/ g 0.66.MKT.B1020/95 Plain washer 1 Ø24/ g

194 Installation accessories 1.44 Profile mounting sets Suitable for mounting of the profi les: Profi le mounting set 4 EM g BP40.20 Single parts Pcs. Weight Article-No. Threaded plate, heavy, E M g EM8 Collar screw WN 251 M g 0.63.WN Suitable for mounting of the profi les: , panel Profi le mounting set 6 EM g BP80.20 Single parts Pcs. Weight Article-No. Threaded plate, heavy, E M g EM8 Collar screw WN 251 M g 0.63.WN

195 Installation accessories 1.44 Base angle For fastening of frames to fl oor or wall Suitable for use together with levelling feet with max. diameter 100 mm material: sheet steel surface: galvanised and black coated Base angle g Stacking foot Element to fi x 2 profi les in core hole 4 Top side guided loosely Bottom side driven in material: steel surface: galvanised Stacking foot 19 g

196 Installation accessories 1.45 Castors Fastening in core hole Fastening through base plate for profi le without centric core hole Variations Fastening by press-fi t threaded insert across the profi le Castor-Ø 50 mm / 75 mm 100 mm / 125 mm Bolt hole type s = 7 mm s = 10.5 mm Fitting plate type s = 2 mm s = 3 mm Fixed castors material: capsule: sheet steel, galvanised wheels: solid rubber tyres, grey Ø75/100/125 incl. thread protection max. static load: F max Description D a Weight Article-No. Fixed castor with bolt hole Ø g Fixed castor with bolt hole Ø g Fixed castor with bolt hole Ø g Fixed castor with bolt hole Ø g Fixed castor with fi tting plate Ø g Fixed castor with fi tting plate Ø g Fixed castor with fi tting plate Ø g Fixed castor with fi tting plate Ø ,010 g Design bolt hole D b c d e s F max Ø Ø N Ø Ø N Ø Ø N Ø Ø ,000 N 194

197 Installation accessories 1.45 Swivel castors material: capsule: sheet steel, galvanised wheels: solid rubber tyres, grey Ø75/100/125 incl. thread protection max. static load: F max Description D a Weight Article-No. Swivel castor with bolt hole Ø g Swivel castor with bolt hole Ø g Swivel castor with bolt hole Ø g Swivel castor with bolt hole Ø g Swivel castor with fi tting plate Ø g Swivel castor with fi tting plate Ø g Swivel castor with fi tting plate Ø g Swivel castor with fi tting plate Ø g Dimensions see table below Swivel castors lockable material: capsule: sheet steel, galvanised wheels: solid rubber tyres, grey stop fi x: - wheel break - swivel break Ø75/100/125 incl. thread protection max. static load: F max Description D a Weight Article-No. Swivel castor, lockable with bolt hole Ø g Swivel castor, lockable with bolt hole Ø g Swivel castor, lockable with bolt hole Ø g Swivel castor, lockable with bolt hole Ø g Swivel castor, lockable with fi tting plate Ø g Swivel castor, lockable with fi tting plate Ø g Swivel castor, lockable with fi tting plate Ø g Swivel castor, lockable with fi tting plate Ø ,090 g Design bolt hole D b c d e s F max Ø50 25 Ø43 Ø N Ø Ø43 Ø N Ø Ø57 Ø N Ø Ø57 Ø ,000 N 195

198 Installation accessories 1.45 Locking castors Locking castors for easy movement and positioning of trolleys, benches and assemblies material: capsule: fastening elements: locking foot: max. static load: Al C45 GD-Al, rubber F max Extended support foot to secure position Retracted support foot for easy movement Design D a b max c H max F max Ø ,000 N Ø ,000 N Locking castors with plate Mounting on profi le frame using core hole and slot s = 7 mm Castor-Ø50 s = 8 mm Castor-Ø62 Description D Weight Article-No. Locking castor 200 kg, with plate Ø g Locking castor 400 kg, with plate Ø62 1,380 g

199 Installation accessories 1.45 Locking castors with center thread Fastening in core hole Fastening through base plate for profi les without central core hole Fastening with press-fi t threaded insert and base plate across the profi le Castor-Ø50 Castor-Ø62 Description D Weight Article-No. Locking castor 200 kg, with center thread Ø g Locking castor 400 kg, with center thread Ø62 1,380 g Threaded bolt for locking castor with center thread 4 Threaded bolt for fastening in core hole Threaded bolt for fastening with base plate For fastening of locking castors with central thread in core hole-ø12 of the profi le on base plate material: steel surface: galvanised Threaded bolt M12/M14 21 g M12M14 197

200 Installation accessories 1.46 Angles Angle bracket for the mounting of panels, table tops, switches and accessories Fastening of panels Fastening of table tops material: aluminium strength: F22 surface: natural anodised Comments Design with clearance hole drilling Description D Weight Article-No. Angle Ø g Angle Ø g Comments Design with nut M6 ± 0.5 mm fl oating in cage Angle 25 40, M6 15 g

201 Installation accessories 1.46 Angles PA For supporting of profi les and mounting of cover panels Support of free-standing profi les Support across the profi le In this application the rotary lock must be removed from one side Mounting of cover panels In this application the rotary lock must be removed from both sides material: PA-GF Description Colour Weight Article-No. Angle PA, grey 6.4 g Angle PA, black 6.4 g Description Colour Weight Article-No. Angle PA, grey 18.9 g Angle PA, black 18.9 g

202 Installation accessories 1.46 Angles GD-Zn For supporting profi les and mounting various machine components material: angle: GD-Zn cover cap: PA-GK 30 T-slot nut: steel, galvanised screw: surface: steel, galvanised natural or aluminium coloured powder-coated For mounting cross to the slot the noses can be broken off Description Surface Weight Article-No. Angle GD-Zn, natural 13.7 g Angle GD-Zn, powder-coated 13.7 g Cover cap for angle GD-Zn, g A Angle connection set 1720 H/H 20.9 g äHH Angle connection set 1720 H/F 23.6 g äHF Angle connection set 1720 F/F 26.3 g äFF Angle connection set 1720 T H/F 25.0 g TäHF Angle connection set 1720 T F/F 29.1 g TäFF Single parts: Angle connection sets 1720 Angle Slot Fastening elements H threaded plate lens head screw Pcs. F T-slot nut ä H H HM WN ä H HM WN F FM WN ä F F FM WN Single parts: Angle connection sets 1720 T Angle Slot Fastening elements H threaded plate lens head screw Pcs. F T-nut for subs. insertion ä H HM WN F FM WN ä F F FM WN ä 1 angle natural 2 angle powder-coated 200

203 Installation accessories Description Surface Weight Article-No. Angle GD-Zn, natural 39.6 g Angle GD-Zn, powder-coated 39.6 g Cover cap for angle GD-Zn, g A Angle connection set 2828 F/F 56.4 g äFF Angle connection set 2828 F/E 56.8 g äFE Angle connection set 2828 E/E 57.2 g äEE Angle connection set 2828 T F/F 59.8 g TäFF Angle connection set 2828 T F/E 66.3 g TäFE Angle connection set 2828 T E/E 72.8 g TäEE Single parts: Angle connection sets 2828 Angle Slot Fastening elements T-slot nut lens head screw Pcs ä F F FM WN ä F FM WN E EM WN ä E E EM WN Single parts: Angle connection sets 2828 T Angle Slot Fastening elements T-nut for subs. lens head screw Pcs. insertion ä F F FM WN ä F FM WN E EM WN ä E E EM WN ä 1 angle natural 2 angle powder-coated 4 201

204 Installation accessories Description Surface Weight Article-No. Angle GD-Zn, natural 85.5 g Angle GD-Zn, powder-coated 85.5 g Cover cap for angle GD-Zn, g A Angle connection set 4039 F/F g äFF Angle connection set 4039 F/E g äFE Angle connection set 4039 E/E g äEE Angle connection set 4039 T F/F g TäFF Angle connection set 4039 T F/E g TäFE Angle connection set 4039 T E/E g TäEE Single parts: Angle connection sets 4039 Angle Slot Fastening elements T-screw hexagon fl ange nut Pcs. 1) ä F F 1.34.FM D ä F 1.34.FM D E 1.34.EM D ä E E 1.34.EM D Single parts: Angle connection sets 4039 T Angle Slot Fastening elements T-nut for subs. lens head screw Pcs. insertion ä F F FM WN ä F FM WN E EM WN ä E E EM WN ä 1 angle natural 2 angle powder-coated 1) Connection with T-screw only without cover cap 202

205 Installation accessories Description Surface Weight Article-No. Angle GD-Zn, natural g Angle GD-Zn, powder-coated g Cover cap for angle GD-Zn, g A Angle connection set 3876 F/F g äFF Angle connection set 3876 F/E g äFE Angle connection set 3876 E/E g äEE Angle connection set 3876 T F/F g TäFF Angle connection set 3876 T F/E g TäFE Angle connection set 3876 T E/E g TäEE Single parts: Angle connection sets 3876 Angle Slot Fastening elements T-screw hexagon fl ange nut Pcs ä F F 1.34.FM D ä F 1.34.FM D E 1.34.EM D ä E E 1.34.EM D Single parts: Angle connection sets 3876 T Angle Slot Fastening elements T-nut for subs. lens head screw Pcs. insertion ä F F FM WN ä F FM WN E EM WN ä E E EM WN ä 1 angle natural 2 angle powder-coated 4 203

206 Installation accessories Description Surface Weight Article-No. Angle GD-Zn, natural g Angle GD-Zn, powder-coated g Cover cap for angle GD-Zn, g A Angle connection set 5757 F/F g äFF Angle connection set 5757 F/E g äFE Angle connection set 5757 E/E g äEE Angle connection set 5757 T F/F g TäFF Angle connection set 5757 T F/E g TäFE Angle connection set 5757 T E/E g TäEE Single parts: Angle connection sets 5757 Angle Slot Fastening elements F T-slot nut lens head screw Pcs. E T-screw hexagon fl ange nut ä F F FM WN ä F FM WN E 1.34.EM D ä E E 1.34.EM D Single parts: Angle connection sets 5757 T Angle Slot Fastening elements T-nut for subs. lens head screw Pcs. insertion ä F F FM WN ä F FM WN E EM WN ä E E EM WN ä 1 angle natural 2 angle powder-coated 204

207 Installation accessories Description Surface Weight Article-No. Angle GD-Zn, natural g Angle GD-Zn, powder-coated g Cover cap for angle GD-Zn, g A Angle connection set 7476 E/E g äEE Single parts: Angle connection set 7476 Angle Slot Fastening elements T-screw hexagon fl ange nut Pcs ä E E 1.34.EM D ä 1 angle natural 2 angle powder-coated 4 205

208 Installation accessories 1.46 Angles GD-Al For supporting profi les and mounting various machine components material: angle: GD-Al cover cap: PA GK 30 nut: steel, galvanised screw: steel, galvanised surface: natural Description Surface Weight Article-No. Angle GD-Al, natural 56.0 g AL Cover cap for angle GD-Al, g AAL Angle connection set 4242 E/E g SAL Single parts: Angle connection set 4242 Angle Slot Fastening elements T-screw hexagon fl ange nut Pcs AL E E 1.34.EM D Description Surface Weight Article-No. Angle GD-Al, natural g AL Cover cap for angle GD-Al, g AAL Angle connection set 8886 E/E g SAL Single parts: Angle connection set 8886 Angle Slot Fastening elements T-screw hexagon fl ange nut Pcs AL E E 1.34.EM D

209 Installation accessories 1.46 Angles Alu For supporting of profi les and mounting of cover panels Mounting of cover panels Support across the profi le material: aluminium strength: F22 surface: natural anodised Support of free-standing profi les Comments raw fi nish on request Description D B Weight Article-No. Angle Ø g Angle Ø g Angle Ø g Angle Ø g Description D B Weight Article-No. Angle Ø g Angle Ø g Description D B Weight Article-No. Angle Ø g Angle Ø g Angle Ø g Angle Ø g

210 Installation accessories 1.46 Swivel angles Fastening from below Fastening from the side Infi nitely variable adjusting of inclination with swivel angle Design alu: material: aluminium strength: F22 surface: natural anodised Design steel: material: steel surface: galvanised Description L Design a b Weight Article-No. Swivel angle 131 alu g AL Swivel angle 146 alu g AL Swivel angle 131 steel g ST Swivel angle 146 steel g ST Description Design Weight Article-No. Swivel angle 30 alu 105 g AL Swivel angle 30 steel 320 g ST 208

211 Installation accessories Description Design Weight Article-No. Swivel angle 45 alu 116 g AL Swivel angle 45 steel 360 g ST Cross connection plates H max The cross connection plate allows profi le adjustment in 2 directions and at an angle of ±45 material: aluminium strength: F22 surface: natural anodised Description H max Weight Article-No. Cross connection plate g Cross connection plate g Cross connection plate g Cross connection plate g Type A a b ØD Ød

212 Installation accessories 1.47 Base plates Base and transporting plate for profi les without centric core hole Fastening of levelling feet Fastening of castors Fastening of eye-bolts Design Alu: material: aluminium strength: F22 surface: black powder-coated Design GD-Zn: material: GD-Zn surface: black powder-coated Accessories threaded insert cap-screw DIN 912 Comments Counterbore DIN 74 for cap-screw DIN 912 Variants without thread with thread Dimensions without thread with thread M14 B L Design h Article-No. Design h Article-No Alu GD-Zn Alu GD-Zn Alu GD-Zn Alu GD-Zn Alu Alu Alu Alu GD-Zn Alu GD-Zn Alu GD-Zn Alu GD-Zn

213 Installation accessories 1.47 Base plates without thread counterbore DIN 74 Description B L Design DIN 74 h a Weight Article-No. Base plate w/o thread Alu - Km g Base plate w/o thread Alu - Km g Base plate w/o thread Alu - Km g Base plate w/o thread Alu - Km g Base plate w/o thread Alu - Km g counterbore DIN 74 Description B L Design DIN 74 h a Weight Article-No. Base plate w/o thread Alu - Km g counterbore DIN 74 Description B L Design DIN 74 h a Weight Article-No. Base plate w/o thread Alu - Km g Base plate w/o thread Alu - Km g Base plate w/o thread Alu - Km g Base plate w/o thread Alu - Km g Base plates with thread counterbore DIN 74 Description B L Design h a Weight Article-No. Base plate GD-Zn M14 M g Base plate GD-Zn M14 M g Base plate GD-Zn M14 M g Base plate GD-Zn M14 M g Base plate Alu M14 M g counterbore DIN 74 Description B L Design h a Weight Article-No. Base plate GD-Zn M14 M g Base plate GD-Zn M14 M g Base plate GD-Zn M14 M g Base plate GD-Zn M14 M g

214 Installation accessories 1.47 Floor mounting plate For fastening and manual levelling of profi le racks and frames material: aluminium surface: natural or black powder-coated Fastening elements F-slot: 2 T-nut with leaf spring FM8 2 cap screw M8 25 E-slot: 2 threaded plate, heavy EM8 2 cap screw M FM EM8 Floor mounting plate, natural 622 g Floor mounting plate, black powder-coated 622 g

215 Installation accessories 1.47 Mounting plates Mounting plate for fi xing on walls, table tops and machine frames counterbore DIN 74 - M8 countersink DIN 74 - M8 material: aluminium strength: F22 surface: natural anodised Comments Counterbore DIN 74 - M8 for cap-screw DIN M8 Countersink DIN 74 - M8 for countersunk screw DIN M8 Description a b Weight Article-No. Mounting plate for profi le g Mounting plate for profi le g Mounting plate for profi le g Floor plate For fastening and adjusting of vertical profi les to fl oor and wall 4 adjusting screw M16 30 Fastening variants adjusting screw M16x30 mounting hole Ø12 aluminium profi le: cover caps: anodised PA-GF black Delivery unit: 1 profi le cover caps 3 set screws M16 30 Floor plate ,100 g

216 Installation accessories 1.47 Connection plates Flush connection of 2 profi les without gap Connection of 2 profi les with gap Fastening of the electrical trunking for subsequent or additional connection of profi les for fastening of accessories Connection of the pneumatic air manifold material: aluminium strength: F22 surface: natural anodised countersink Comments Countersink DIN 74 - M6 / M8 for countersunk screw DIN M6 / M8 Description B L Countersink a Weight Article-No. Connection plate DIN 74 - M g Connection plate DIN 74 - M g Connection plate DIN 74 - M g countersink DIN 74 - M6 Comments Countersink DIN 74 - M6 for countersunk screw DIN M6 Description B L a Weight Article-No. Connection plate g Connection plate g Connection plate g Connection plate g

217 Installation accessories 1.47 Fastening plate Fastening of profi le Fastening of profi le with joint Fastening plate to increase the carrying capacity of detached bracket or swivel arm for profi le for joint material: aluminium strength: F22 surface: natural anodised max. bend-load: M b = F L vertical profi les M b Nm ,000 Nm ,500 Nm Comments Counterbore DIN 74 - M8 for cap-screw DIN M8 4 counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Fastening plate g

218 Installation accessories 1.47 Eye-bolt Eye-bolts for the transfer of frames and complete equipment Mounting directly in the profi le (core hole) Mounting with base plates material: C 15 max. load 1): for one eye-bolt 5,000 N for two eye-bolts total 7,000 N 1) The max. load given is valid only if the eye-bolt face is tightened fi rmly Eye-bolt M g

219 Installation accessories 1.48 Corner pieces Corner piece set cubic PA: For the connection of three profi les Corner piece set 45 PA: For the connection of three profi les 40 40, 2E, 45, LP Corner piece set spherical PA: For the connection of three profi les 40 40, soft Cover cap: material: PA, black Angle: material: GD-Zn Delivery unit (set) Corner piece angle Corner piece cover cap Threaded insert M14/M8 (3 pcs) Cap head screw (3 pcs) Cubic 4 Corner piece set cubic PA g Corner piece cover cap, cubic PA 15.5 g

220 Installation accessories Corner piece set 45 PA g Corner piece cover cap, 45 PA 7.5 g Spherical Corner piece set spherical PA g Corner piece cover cap, spherical PA 8.5 g

221 Installation accessories 1.48 Corner pieces Corner pieces cubic: Corner piece for the connection of 3 square profi les Corner pieces segment: Corner piece for the connection of 2 square profi les and 1 soft profi le Corner pieces segment, 2gang: Corner piece for the connection of 2 soft profi les and 1 square profi le material: aluminium strength: F22 surface: natural anodised Corner pieces sphere: Corner piece for the connection of 3 soft profi les General The attractive corner pieces are made of solid aluminium and guarantee the entire connection stability Connection with corner pieces Connection of profi les with one corner piece using the standard connector 4 219

222 Installation accessories 1.48 Corner pieces cubic Description a Slot b c Weight Article-No. Corner piece cubic 20 H g Corner piece cubic 30 F g Corner piece cubic 40 E g Corner piece cubic 50 E g Corner pieces segment Description a Slot b c Weight Article-No. Corner piece segment 20 H g Corner piece segment 30 F g Corner piece segment 40 E g Corner piece segment 50 E g Corner pieces segment, 2gang Description a Slot b c Weight Article-No. Corner piece segment, 2gang 20 H g Corner piece segment, 2gang 30 F g Corner piece segment, 2gang 40 E g Corner piece segment, 2gang 50 E g Corner pieces sphere Description a Slot b c Weight Article-No. Corner piece sphere 20 H g Corner piece sphere 30 F g Corner piece sphere 40 E g Corner piece sphere 50 E g

223 Pneumatic accessories end plate set 2 connection plate set 3 mounting set 1) 4 extension set 5 90 connection set 6 blanking plug 2 1 1) for mounting set ï connection plate Profi les for pneumatic applications PG 30 PG 40 PG 45 PG 50 PG 60 Profi le 30 60, 6F Profi le 40 80, 6E Profi le 45 90, 6E Profi le , 6E Profi le 60 90, 6E 2) mm 2 2) mm 2 2) mm 2 2) 1,043.3 mm 2 2) 1,203.0 mm 2 5 Profi le 80 80, 8E Profi le 90 90, 8E Profi le , 8E 2) 2,454.1 mm 2 2) mm 2 (4 ) 2) 4,080.4 mm 2 Comments Any profi le with closed interior chambers can also be used as pressure line max. pressure: 10 bar Profi le 80 80, 8E, angle Profi le , 8E 2) mm 2 (2 ) 2) 1,115.8 mm 2 (2 ) 2) (pneumatic) cross-sectional area 221

224 Pneumatic accessories 1.50/1.51 Pneumatic end plates for the closing of profi le ends vent disconnection thread Comments Blanking plug and reducing nipple ï Pneumatic accessories 1.59 Article-No ää and ää End plate material: aluminium strength: F22 surface: black powder-coated Seal material: NBR Comments Counterbore DIN 74 - M6 / M8 for cap-screw DIN M6 / M8 Variants without thread with thread Dimensions without thread with thread G1/4 with thread G1/2 B L Article-No. Article-No. Article-No angle W W

225 Pneumatic accessories 1.50/1.51 Pneumatic end plate sets without thread counterbore DIN 74 - M6 Pneumatic end plate set w/o thread g Single parts Pcs. Base plate w/o thread g Pneumatic seal g Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set w/o thread g Single parts Pcs. Base plate w/o thread g Pneumatic seal g Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set w/o thread g Single parts Pcs. Base plate w/o thread g Pneumatic seal g Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set w/o thread g Single parts Pcs. Base plate w/o thread g Pneumatic seal g Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set w/o thread g Single parts Pcs. Base plate w/o thread g Pneumatic seal g Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D

226 Pneumatic accessories 1.50/1.51 Pneumatic end plate sets without thread counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set w/o thread g Single parts Pcs. Base plate w/o thread g Pneumatic seal g Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D angle Pneumatic end plate set w/o thread W 260 g W Single parts Pcs. Base plate w/o thread W g W Pneumatic seal W 1 8 g W Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D counterbore DIN 74 - M counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set w/o thread g Single parts Pcs. Base plate w/o thread g Pneumatic seal g Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set w/o thread g Single parts Pcs. Base plate w/o thread g Pneumatic seal g Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D

227 Pneumatic accessories 1.51 Pneumatic end plate sets with thread counterbore DIN 74 - M6 Pneumatic end plate set g Single parts Pcs. Pneumatic end plate g Pneumatic seal g Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set g Single parts Pcs. Pneumatic end plate g Pneumatic seal g Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set g Single parts Pcs. Pneumatic end plate g Pneumatic seal g Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set g Single parts Pcs. Pneumatic end plate g Pneumatic seal g Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set g Single parts Pcs. Pneumatic end plate g Pneumatic seal g Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D

228 Pneumatic accessories 1.51 Pneumatic end plate sets with thread counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set g Single parts Pcs. Pneumatic end plate g Pneumatic seal g Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set g Single parts Pcs. Pneumatic end plate g Pneumatic seal g Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D angle Pneumatic end plate set W 271 g W Single parts Pcs. Pneumatic end plate W g W Pneumatic seal W 1 8 g W Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D counterbore DIN 74 - M counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set g Single parts Pcs. Pneumatic end plate g Pneumatic seal g Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D

229 Pneumatic accessories 1.52 Pneumatic connection plates Pneumatic connection for inlet and exhaust of air pressure End plate material: aluminium strength: F22 surface: black powder-coated O-Ring material: NBR counterbore DIN 74 - M6 Comments Counterbore DIN 74 - M6 / M8 for cap-screw DIN M6 / M8 Pneumatic connection plate set g Single parts Pcs. Pneumatic connection plate g O-Ring g T-Nut for subs. insertion F, M g FM6 Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D counterbore DIN 74 - M6 Pneumatic connection plate set g Single parts Pcs. Pneumatic connection plate g O-Ring g T-Nut for subs. insertion E, M g EM6 Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D counterbore DIN 74 - M6 Pneumatic connection plate set g Single parts Pcs. Pneumatic connection plate g O-Ring g T-Nut for subs. insertion E, M g EM6 Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D counterbore DIN 74 - M6 Pneumatic connection plate set g Single parts Pcs. Pneumatic connection plate g O-Ring g T-Nut for subs. insertion E, M g EM6 Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D

230 Pneumatic accessories 1.54 Pneumatic extension sets For the extension of air pressurised profi les for profile Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Pneumatic extension set g Single parts Pneumatic seal g Connector, profi le extension 2 87 g V0 for profile Pneumatic extension set g Single parts Pneumatic seal g Connector, profi le extension 2 94 g V0 for profile Pneumatic extension set g Single parts Pneumatic seal g Connector, profi le extension 2 99 g V0 for profile Pneumatic extension set g Single parts Pneumatic seal g Connector, profi le extension g V0 for profile Pneumatic extension set g Single parts Pneumatic seal g Connector, profi le extension g V0 for profile Pneumatic extension set g Single parts Pneumatic seal g Connector, profi le extension g V0 for profile angle Pneumatic extension set W 289 g W Single parts Pneumatic seal W 1 7 g W Connector, profi le extension 3 94g V0 for profile Pneumatic extension set g Single parts Pneumatic seal g Connector, profi le extension 4 94 g V0 for profile Pneumatic extension set g Single parts Pneumatic seal g Connector, profi le extension g V0 228

231 Pneumatic accessories 1.55 Pneumatic 90 connection sets For 90 connections of air pressurised profi les interface hole distance For the connection of profi le 80 80, a pneumatic connecting plate must be inserted to seal the chamber inside for profile for profile for profile for profile for profile for profile for profile Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Pneumatic 90 connection set g Single parts Pneumatic seal g Connector, standard g F2 Pneumatic 90 connection set g Single parts Pneumatic seal g Connector, standard g E2 Pneumatic 90 connection set g Single parts Pneumatic seal g Connector, standard g E2 Pneumatic 90 connection set g Single parts Pneumatic seal g Connector, standard g E2 Pneumatic 90 connection set g Single parts Pneumatic seal g Connector, standard g E2 Pneumatic 90 connection set g Single parts Pneumatic seal g Connector, standard g E2 Pneumatic 90 connection set g Single parts Pneumatic seal g Connector, standard g E2 Pneumatic connecting plate g O-Ring g

232 Pneumatic accessories for profile Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Pneumatic 90 connection set g Single parts Pneumatic seal g Connector, standard g E2 Pneumatic connecting plate g O-Ring g Pneumatic accessories Blanking plug for the connection thread Reducing nipple to reduce the connection thread Blanking plug material: blanking plug: steel, galvanised sealing: NBR Comments Including sealing Description D A B L SW Weight Article-No. Blanking plug, B-1/ g Blanking plug, B-1/ g Reducing nipple material: brass Description Di D B L SW Weight Article-No. Reducing nipple, 1/4 i - 3/8 a g Reducing nipple, 3/8 i - 1/2 a g Sealing ring for reducing nipple material: PA, white Description D Weight Article-No. Sealing ring Ø1/4 1 g Sealing ring Ø3/8 1 g Sealing ring Ø1/2 2 g

233 Additional accessories 1.61 Handles light PA For doors and drawers of light material countersink DIN 74 - M4 material: PA Mounting on panel elements Mounting on profi les Description Colour Weight Article-No. Handle light PA grey 30 g Handle light PA black 30 g Handle light Alu For doors and drawers of light material material: aluminium surface: natural anodised Mounting on panel elements Mounting on profi les Handle light Alu 85 g

234 Additional accessories 1.61 Handle PA Ergonomical designed handle material: PA colour: black Mounting on panel elements Mounting on profi les Handle PA, with thread M8 166 g Handles PA Handle with fi xing possibilities from the front and the rear with bore material: PA colour: black Handle with bore Handle with thread Description D L Weight Article-No. Handle PA, with bore Ø g Handle PA, with bore Ø g Handle PA, with bore Ø g Handle PA, with bore Ø g Handle PA, with bore Ø g with thread Description G L Weight Article-No. Handle PA, with thread M g Handle PA, with thread M g Handle PA, with thread M g Handle PA, with thread M g Handle PA, with thread M g L L1 L2 H h T t t1 B

235 Additional accessories 1.61 Handles PA Machine handle with ergonomic design and fi nger protection; to mount on doors, fl aps and aluminum profi les material: PA colour: black Handle PA, 135, with screw covers 117 g material: PA colour: black Handle PA, 240, with screw covers 356 g

236 Additional accessories 1.61 Handle system round design Handle system for making handles of any length Mounting on panel elements Mounting on profi les Corner piece PA-GF material: PA-GF colour: black Corner piece PA-GF 76 g Centre piece PA-GF material: PA-GF colour: black Centre piece PA-GF 53 g Tube Ø30 3 material: aluminium surface: natural anodised tube length: 6 m Tube Ø30 3 bar 4.2 kg Tube Ø30 3 cut to length 0.7 kg/m A00A00/... /... = length in mm 234

237 Additional accessories 1.61 Handle system oval design Handle system for making handles of any length Mounting on panel elements Mounting on profi les Oval corner piece right material: PA-GF colour: black Oval corner piece right 65 g Oval corner piece left material: PA-GF colour: black Oval corner piece left 65 g Oval tube 35 4 material: aluminium surface: natural anodised tube length: 3 m Oval tube 35 4 bar 2.5 kg Oval tube 35 4 cut to length 0.83 kg/m A00A00/... /... = length in mm 235

238 Additional accessories 1.61 Grab handles Alu grip handles for customer s assembly from standard profi les Comments Grab handles increase the rigidity of panels without profi le frames Profile 20 30, 1F, LP Fixing of the profi le directly on the panel element Fixing of the profi le with a connecting piece on the panel element Profi le 20 30, 1F, LP cut to length 0.66 kg/m LP-A00A00/... /... = length in mm Grab handle profiles Grab handle profi le cut to length 0.3 kg/m A00A00/... /... = length in mm Grab handle profi le cut to length 0.73 kg/m A00A00/... /... = length in mm material: PA-GF colour: black Cover cap kit left/right for grab handle profi le 3.6 g A 236

239 Additional accessories 1.62 Hinges Hinge for doors and fl aps of light material Face-sided connection of 2 profi les Connection of 2 profi les in rectangular position Doors with profi le frames Doors made of panel elements without profi le frames Hinge material: PA-GF PA-GF GD-Zn, coated colour: black max. static load: 50 N 100 N 150 N countersink DIN 74 - M5 Comments Countersink DIN 74 - M5 for countersunk screw DIN M5 Swivel angle Hinge g countersink DIN 74 - M4 Comments Countersink DIN 74 - M4 for countersunk screw DIN M4 Swivel angle 6 Hinge g countersink DIN 74 - M5 Comments Countersink DIN 74 - M5 for countersunk screw DIN M5 Swivel angle Hinge g

240 Additional accessories 1.62 Lift-off hinges Enables the connection of different profi le widths in parallel as well as in rectangular arrangement left left right left Non-liftable door with one right- and one leftsided hinge Liftable door with two similar hinges 1 profi le profi le profi le profi le profi le profi le profi les Swivel angle of locking device: 1 for panel element 2 for profi le slot, horizontal 3 for profi le slot, vertical material: GD-Zn surface: black coated hinge bolt: stainless steel max. static load: 250 N Comments Countersink DIN 74 - M6 for countersunk screw DIN M6 238

241 Additional accessories 1.62 countersink DIN 74 - M6 Description A B Weight Article-No. Hinge 31, A16.5 left g /16L Hinge 31, A19.0 left g /19L Hinge 31, A21.5 left g /21L Hinge 31, A24.0 left g /24L Hinge 31, A26.5 left g /26L Combinations Description A 1) A1 1) Hinge 31 ää/ää left 1) Data without decimal places Article-No ää/ääL countersink DIN 74 - M6 Description A B Weight Article-No. Hinge 31, A16.5 right g /16R Hinge 31, A19.0 right g /19R Hinge 31, A21.5 right g /21R Hinge 31, A24.0 right g /24R Hinge 31, A26.5 right g /26R Combinations Description A 1) A1 1) Hinge 31 ää/ää right 1) Data without decimal places Article-No ää/ääR material: GD-Zn surface: bare Anti-twist device for slot 8 mm 4 g x1 6 material: GD-Zn surface: bare Anti-twist device for panel element 4 g x2 239

242 Additional accessories 1.62 Lift-off hinges The hinges enable the connection of profi les with different widths left left right left Non-liftable door with one right- and one leftsided hinge Liftable door with two similar hinges 1 profi le profi le profi le profi le profi le profi le profi le profi le profi les Swivel angle material: PA-GF surface: black hinge bolt: stainless steel max. static load: 150 N Comments Countersink DIN 74 - M6 for countersunk screw DIN M6 240

243 Additional accessories 1.62 countersink DIN 74 - M6 Description A = A1 B Weight Article-No. Lift-off hinge 48 A17.5, left 59 8 g /17L Lift-off hinge 48 A22.5, left g /22L Lift-off hinge 48 A25.0, left g /25L Lift-off hinge 48 A27.5, left g /27L Lift-off hinge 48 A32.5, left g /32L Combinations Description A 1) A1 1) Article-No. Lift-off hinge 48 ää/ää left ää/ääL 1) Data without decimal places countersink DIN 74 - M6 Description A = A1 B Weight Article-No. Lift-off hinge 48 A17.5, right 59 8 g /17R Lift-off hinge 48 A22.5, right g /22R Lift-off hinge 48 A25.0, right g /25R Lift-off hinge 48 A27.5, right g /27R Lift-off hinge 48 A32.5, right g /32R Combinations Description A 1) A1 1) Article-No. Lift-off hinge 48 ää/ää right ää/ääR 1) Data without decimal places 6 241

244 Additional accessories 1.62 Hinges Hinge for doors and fl aps of light material left left right left Non-liftable door with one right- and one leftsided hinge Liftable door with two similar hinges Swivel angle material: PA-GF colour: black max. static load: 100 N Comments Countersink DIN 74 - M6 for countersunk screw DIN M6 countersink DIN 74 - M6 Hinge left 21 g L countersink DIN 74 - M6 Hinge right 21 g R 242

245 Additional accessories 1.62 Double hinge Hinge for doors and fl aps of light material Liftable doors Swivel angle material: PA-GF max. static load: 100 N Comments Countersink DIN 74 - M6 for countersunk screw DIN M6 countersink DIN 74 - M6 Description Colour Weight Article-No. Double hinge grey 40 g Double hinge black 40 g

246 Additional accessories 1.62 Hinges The hinges enable the connection of profi les with different widths 1 profi le profi le profi le profi le profi le profi le profi le profi le profi les Swivel angle countersink DIN 74 - M6 material: PA-GF colour: black hinge bolt: stainless steel max. static load: 200 N Comments Countersink DIN 74 - M6 for countersunk screw DIN M6 Description A B Weight Article-No. Hinge 48 fi xed A g /17 Hinge 48 fi xed A g /22 Hinge 48 fi xed A g /25 Hinge 48 fi xed A g /27 Hinge 48 fi xed A g /32 Combinations Description A 1) A1 1) Article-No. Hinge 48 fi xed ää/ää ää/ää 1) Data without decimal places 244

247 Additional accessories 1.62 Hinge Hinge or higher loads such as doors with profi le frames material: GD-Zn colour: black surface: coated max. static load: 400 N Connection of 2 vertical profi les, all anti-twist safety devices removed Face-sided connection of 2 profi les, with anti-twist safety device Connection of 2 horizontal profi les, with anti-twist safety device Swivel angle Hinge g

248 Additional accessories 1.62 Hinge Hinge or higher loads such as doors with profi le frames material: GD-Zn colour: black surface: coated max. static load: 750 N Connection of 2 vertical profi les, all anti-twist safety devices removed Face-sided connection of 2 profi les, with anti-twist safety device Connection of 2 horizontal profi les, with anti-twist safety device Swivel angle Hinge g Hinges Hinge or higher loads such as doors with profi le frames material: GD-Zn colour: black surface: powder-coated max. static load: 750 N Connection of 2 vertical profi les Swivel angle Fastening elements: PG 40: T-Nut for subs. insertion E, M EM8 PG 45: T-Nut E, M EM8 PG 40/45: Threaded plate E, M EM8 Description A Weight Article-No. Hinge for PG g Hinge for PG g

249 Additional accessories 1.62 Hinges Hinge with detachable fi xing plug for different slot distances Doors with profi le frames Swivel angle material: surface: colour: max. static load: GD-Zn coated black 250 N Comments Countersink DIN 74 - M6 for countersunk screw DIN M6 Delivery unit Including 4 plugs for F- and E-slot View A Distances for positioning plugs Possibilities of fastening Legend LW = width G = threaded plate 1.31.äää T = T-Nut ää 6 short fl ange slots F E3 E4 B LW G T G T G T x - x x x x x - x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x long fl ange slots F E3 E4 C LW G T G T G T x - x x x x x x x x x x x - x x x x x x x x x - x x x x x x x x 247

250 Additional accessories 1.62 Hinge short flanges countersink DIN 74 - M6 Rear view: plug assignment B Hinge g Hinge short flange, 1 long flange countersink DIN 74 - M6 Rear view: plug assignment B C Hinge g Hinge long flanges countersink DIN 74 - M6 Rear view: plug assignment C Hinge g

251 Additional accessories 1.62 Alu hinges For doors of light material with or without profi le frame, each hinge element can be combined material: aluminium Al Mg Si 0.5 strength: F 25 surface: natural anodised max. static load: 100 N Distance of drill holes for panel elements of acrylic glass Comments Countersink DIN 74 - M4 for countersunk screw DIN M4 raw fi nish on request Type A 1 profi le profi le profi le profi le profi le profi le profi les Connection: profi le to profi le leg built-in covered hinge elements: Type A Type A countersink DIN 74 - M4 Description T a b Weight Article-No. Hinge element Type A, PG 20, F g Hinge element Type A, PG g Hinge element Type A, PG g Hinge element Type A, PG g Hinge element Type A, PG g Hinge element Type A, PG g Hinge element Type A, PG g Type B profi le profi le profi le profi le Connection: profi le to panel element leg one side visible hinge elements: Type A Type B 6 countersink DIN 74 - M4 Description T a b Weight Article-No. Hinge element Type B, PG g Hinge element Type B, PG g Hinge element Type B, PG g Hinge element Type B, PG g Hinge element Type B, PG g Hinge element Type B, PG g Hinge element Type B, PG g Hinge element Type B, PG g

252 Additional accessories 1.62 Type C profi le profi le profi le profi le Connection: Profi le to panel element leg built-in covered hinge elements: Type A Type C Hinge element Type C, 30 mm 15 g countersink DIN 74 - M4 Press-fit pins for alu hinges Press-fi t pin for one sided installation Press-fi t pin for two sided installation material: steel surface: galvanised Description L Weight Article-No. Press-fi t pin Ø g Press-fi t pin Ø g Spacer material: PE colour: black Spacer 1 g

253 Additional accessories 1.62 Alu hinges, heavy Hinge for higher loads such as doors with profi le frames hinge material: aluminium strength: F25 surface: natural anodised bolt material: steel stainless steel Comments Countersink DIN 74 - M8 for countersunk screw DIN M8 raw fi nish on request : Type 20 PG A Swivel angle: Type 20 PG A B : Type 21, 22, 23, 31 with profi les PG 40/50 : Type 21, 22, 23, 31 with profi les PG 60 6 : Type 21, 22, 23, 31 with profi les PG 30/40/50 Swivel angle: Type 21, 22, 23, 31 at application with profi les PG 30/40/50 Swivel angle: Type 21, 22, 23, 31 at application with profi les PG

254 Additional accessories 1.62 countersink DIN 74 - M8 Description Bolt A B Weight Article-No. Alu hinge, heavy, type 20, PG 30 steel g Alu hinge, heavy, type 20, PG 40 steel g Alu hinge, heavy, type 20, PG 50 steel g Alu hinge, heavy, type 20, PG 30 stainless g V Alu hinge, heavy, type 20, PG 40 stainless g V Alu hinge, heavy, type 20, PG 50 stainless g V countersink DIN 74 - M8 Description Bolt A B Weight Article-No. Alu hinge, heavy, type 21, PG 30/30-50 steel g Alu hinge, heavy, type 21, PG 40/40-50 steel g Alu hinge, heavy, type 21, PG 50 steel g Alu hinge, heavy, type 21, PG 30/30-50 stainless g V Alu hinge, heavy, type 21, PG 40/40-50 stainless g V Alu hinge, heavy, type 21, PG 50 stainless g V countersink DIN 74 - M8 Description Bolt A Weight Article-No. Alu hinge, heavy, type 22, PG 40/40-50 steel g Alu hinge, heavy, type 22, PG 50 steel g Alu hinge, heavy, type 22, PG 40/40-50 stainless g V Alu hinge, heavy, type 22, PG 50 stainless g V countersink DIN 74 - M8 Description Bolt A Weight Article-No. Alu hinge, heavy, type 23, PG 40/40-50 steel g Alu hinge, heavy, type 23, PG 50 steel g Alu hinge, heavy, type 23, PG 40/40-50 stainless g V Alu hinge, heavy, type 23, PG 50 stainless g V countersink DIN 74 - M8 Description Bolt A Weight Article-No. Alu hinge, heavy, type 31, PG 40/40-50 steel g Alu hinge, heavy, type 31, PG 50 steel g Alu hinge, heavy, type 31, PG 40/40-50 stainless g V Alu hinge, heavy, type 31, PG 50 stainless g V 252

255 Additional accessories 1.63 Joints with / without clamping lever The MayTec clamping system allows backlash free adjusting and clamping To enable infi nitely variable adjusting and swivelling of profi les The joint can be locked with the adjustable clamping lever material: steel surface: galvanised Mounting on profi le side Mounting on profi le side Mounting on profi le end Mounting on profi le end Comments Mounting with: cap-screw DIN 6912 washer DIN 433 max. loads Joint F1 max F2 max Nm 2,000 N Nm 4,000 N Nm 4,000 N Nm 8,000 N ) 200 Nm 8,000 N Nm 6,000 N Nm 10,000 N 1) with fastening plate 6 Dimensions of clamping lever for joint: Dimensions of clamping lever for joints:

256 Additional accessories Description G L Weight Article-No. Joint M g Joint with clamping lever M g Anti-twist device for joint, H, L20 8 g Anti-twist device for joint, F, L20 8 g Description G L Weight Article-No. Joint M g Joint with clamping lever M g Anti-twist device for joint, L30 28 g Description G L Weight Article-No. Joint M g Joint with clamping lever M g Anti-twist device for joint, L30 28 g Anti-twist device for joint, L50 33 g Comments To increase the load capacity on hinge ï fastening plate , Description G L Weight Article-No. Joint M ,098 g Joint with clamping lever M ,160 g Description G L Weight Article-No. Joint M g Joint with clamping lever M g Anti-twist device for joint, L40 28 g Description G L Weight Article-No. Joint M ,244 g Joint with clamping lever M ,300 g Anti-twist device for joint, L50 33 g

257 Additional accessories 1.63 Joints Zn with / without clamping lever The MayTec clamping system allows backlash free adjusting and clamping To enable infi nitely variable adjusting and swivelling of profi les The joint can be locked with the adjustable clamping lever material: GD-Zn surface: aluminium coloured powder-coated Mounting on profi le side Mounting on profi le end max. loads Joint F1 max F2 max N 500 N N 750 N N 750 N Comments Mounting with: cap screw DIN 6912 washer DIN 433 Description G L Weight Article-No. Joint Zn M g Joint Zn with clamping lever M g Description G L Weight Article-No. Joint Zn M g Joint Zn with clamping lever M g Description G L Weight Article-No. Joint Zn M g Joint Zn with clamping lever M g

258 Additional accessories 1.64 Mounting blocks screw-type For mounting of panels Mounting block material: PA-GF colours: grey, black Threaded plate material: steel surface: galvanised washer A6,4 DIN 125 Mounting on the profi le with threaded plate or T-Nut Adjustable position Comments A fl oating nut allows additional tolerance in the panel mounting holes. Description G Colour Weight Article-No. Mounting block screw type M3 grey 9 g M3.1 Mounting block screw type M3 black 9 g M3.2 Mounting block screw type M4 grey 9 g M4.1 Mounting block screw type M4 black 9 g M4.2 Mounting block screw type M5 grey 9 g M5.1 Mounting block screw type M5 black 9 g M5.2 Mounting block screw type M6 grey 9 g M6.1 Mounting block screw type M6 black 9 g M

259 Additional accessories 1.64 Mounting block GD-Zn For mounting of panels material: GD-Zn Anti-twistable mounting in steps of 1 mm 6 Description G Surface Weight Article-No. Mounting block GD-Zn M8 natural 68 g Mounting block GD-Zn M8 black 68 g

260 Additional accessories 1.64 Mounting blocks for subsequent insertion For the mounting of panels with subsequent insertion Variable mounting position of panels with distancing plate Mounting block H material: PA-GF colour: black square nut: steel, galvanised max. static load: 100 N, rectangular to slot H-slot Tolerance equalisation: 4 mm Description G Weight Article-No. Mounting block H M4 2.6 g H2M4.2 material: PA-GF colour: black Description B Weight Article-No. Distancing plate for mounting block H g 1.64.xH01 Distancing plate for mounting block H g 1.64.xH02 Distancing plate for mounting block H g 1.64.xH03 Distancing plate for mounting block H g 1.64.xH04 Mounting blocks F and E F-slot E3-slot E4-slot Tolerance equalisation: 9 mm material: PA-GF colours: grey, black square nut: steel, galvanised max. static load: 250 N, rectangular to slot Description G Colour Weight Article-No. Mounting block F M4 grey 9 g F2M4.1 Mounting block F M4 black 9 g F2M4.2 Mounting block F M5 grey 9 g F2M5.1 Mounting block F M5 black 9 g F2M5.2 Mounting block F M6 grey 9 g F2M6.1 Mounting block F M6 black 9 g F2M

261 Additional accessories 1.64 Mounting blocks E Description G Colour a Weight Article-No. Mounting block E3 M4 grey g E3M4.1 Mounting block E3 M4 black g E3M4.2 Mounting block E3 M5 grey g E3M5.1 Mounting block E3 M5 black g E3M5.2 Mounting block E3 M6 grey g E3M6.1 Mounting block E3 M6 black g E3M6.2 Mounting block E4 M4 grey g E4M4.1 Mounting block E4 M4 black g E4M4.2 Mounting block E4 M5 grey g E4M5.1 Mounting block E4 M5 black g E4M5.2 Mounting block E4 M6 grey g E4M6.1 Mounting block E4 M6 black g E4M6.2 material: PA-GF colours: grey, black Description B Colour Weight Article-No. Distancing plate for mounting block FE 2 grey 0.5 g x02.1 Distancing plate for mounting block FE 2 black 0.5 g x02.2 Distancing plate for mounting block FE 3 grey 0.8 g x03.1 Distancing plate for mounting block FE 3 black 0.8 g x03.2 Distancing plate for mounting block FE 5 grey 1.3 g x05.1 Distancing plate for mounting block FE 5 black 1.3 g x05.2 Distancing plate, thin For the mounting of folded panels material: PA-GF colours: grey, black 6 Description B Colour Weight Article-No. Distancing plate, thin, for mounting block FE 2 grey 0.3 g x102.1 Distancing plate, thin, for mounting block FE 2 black 0.3 g x102.2 Distancing plate, thin, for mounting block FE 3 grey 0.6 g x103.1 Distancing plate, thin, for mounting block FE 3 black 0.6 g x103.2 Distancing plate, thin, for mounting block FE 5 grey 0.9 g x105.1 Distancing plate, thin, for mounting block FE 5 black 0.9 g x

262 Additional accessories 1.64 Mounting clamp blocks for subsequent insertion Mounting of panels with clamps, without drilling and screwing For subsequent insertion: Variable mounting position of panels with distance plates The distance plates are positioned and fastened by pins, it is possible to mount several distance plates in series H-slot material: PA-GF colour: black max. static load: towards clamp block: towards slider: Installation dimensions 110 N 30 N Installation dimensions Mounting clamp block H 3.4 g H2 material: PA-GF colour: black Description B Weight Article-No. Distancing plate for mounting clamp block H g 1.64.xH01 Distancing plate for mounting clamp block H g 1.64.xH02 Distancing plate for mounting clamp block H g 1.64.xH03 Distancing plate for mounting clamp block H g 1.64.xH04 260

263 Additional accessories 1.64 Mounting clamp blocks for subsequent insertion F-slot E3-slot E4-slot Installation dimensions material: PA-GF colour: black max. static load: towards clamp block: towards slider: 250 N 50 N Mounting clamp block F 7.5 g F2 Description a Weight Article-No. Mounting clamp block E g E3 Mounting clamp block E g E4 material: PA-GF colour: black Description B Weight Article-No. Distancing plate for mounting clamp block FE g x02 Distancing plate for mounting clamp block FE g x03 Distancing plate for mounting clamp block FE g x

264 Additional accessories 1.64 Mounting clamp blocks SL for subsequent insertion As mounting clamp block, however: For safety s sake it is only possible to be opened with special tools F-slot E3-slot E4-slot Installation dimensions material: PA-GF colour: black max. static load: towards clamp block: 250 N towards slider: 50 N Mounting clamp block F, SL 7.5 g F2 Mounting clamp block E3, SL 8.0 g E3 Mounting clamp block E4, SL 8.0 g E4 material: PA-GF colour: black Description B Weight Article-No. Distancing plate for mounting clamp block FE g x02 Distancing plate for mounting clamp block FE g x03 Distancing plate for mounting clamp block FE g x05 material: PA-GF colour: red steel bolt: hardened Tool for mounting clamp block SL 23 g W 262

265 Additional accessories 1.64 Quick locks Mounting element for quick mounting and dismounting of covers Comments open: by 1/4-turn close: by push in Fastening without washer H max = S retaining ring + panel thickness Fastening with washer H max = S retaining ring + panel thickness + S washer (assembly) drilling diameter in the covers: 7 mm max. static load: 900 N life time: ca operations Mounting angle material: steel surface: galvanised Mounting elements: F-slot: T-Nut, with leaf spring F, 2 M4 threaded plate F, M4 spring nut F, M4 T-slot nut F, M4 E-slot: T-Nut, with leaf spring E, 2 M4 spring nut E, M4 T-slot nut E, M4 rhomboid T-slot nut E, M F2M FM FM FM E2M EM EM EM4 Mounting angle 14 g Retaining rings material: neoprene hardness: 55 Shore A temperature range: - 50 C to + 90 C Description S Weight Article-No. Retaining ring g Retaining ring g Retaining ring g Retaining ring g Retaining ring g

266 Additional accessories 1.64 Sealing washers material: neoprene hardness: 55 Shore A temperature range: - 50 C to + 90 C Description S Weight Article-No. Sealing washer g Sealing washer g Sealing washer g Sealing washer g Round head bolts material: brass surface: nickel-plated Comments Mounting dimension H see mounting sketch Description H max L I Weight Article-No. Round head bolt g Round head bolt g Round head bolt g Round head bolt g Round head bolt g Round head bolt g Round head bolt g Round head bolt g Knurled head bolts material: brass surface: nickel-plated Comments Mounting dimension H see mounting sketch Description H max L I Weight Article-No. Knurled head bolt g Knurled head bolt g Knurled head bolt g Knurled head bolt g Knurled head bolt g Knurled head bolt g Knurled head bolt g Wing head bolts material: brass surface: nickel-plated Comments Mounting dimension H see mounting sketch Description H max L I Weight Article-No. Wing head bolt g Wing head bolt g Wing head bolt g Wing head bolt g Wing head bolt g Wing head bolt g Wing head bolt g Wing head bolt g

267 Additional accessories 1.65 Bullet catches Lock for swinging and sliding doors material: brass, natural bullet: stainless steel retention force: adjustable countersink DIN 74 - M4 Comments Countersink DIN 74 - M4 for countersunk screw DIN M4 countersink DIN 74 - M4 Bullet catch g countersink DIN 74 - M4 Comments Countersink DIN 74 - M4 for countersunk screw DIN M4 6 countersink DIN 74 - M4 Bullet catch g

268 Additional accessories 1.65 Bullet catch PA Lock for swinging and sliding doors Fastening of the bolt with angle 25 40, Ø8.7 ï Fastening of the bolt with angle 20 47, M8 ï Bullet catch PA sphere Ø7 capsule: PA-GF, black bolt: steel, galvanised retention force: 45 N Bullet catch PA 23.0 g Angle material: aluminium strength: F22 surface: natural anodised Angle 20 47, M g

269 Additional accessories 1.65 Magnetic lock PA Lock for swinging and sliding doors capsule: fl at head screw: retention force: PA-GF, black steel, galvanised y = 40 N x = 25 N Comments Different force y = large force x = small force Magnetic lock PA 38.0 g Angle bracket for magnetic lock PA material: aluminium strength: F22 surface: natural anodised 6 Angle bracket for magnetic lock PA 32.0 g

270 Additional accessories 1.65 Lock GD-Zn Lock with sprung bolt for easy closing of doors and panels, including separate slot fastening capability capsule: GD Zn, painted silver handle: PA, black bolt: stainless steel Slot fastening capability Lock GD-Zn g

271 Additional accessories 1.65 Cylinder locks Locking system for swinging and sliding doors Comments By turning the lock body the cylinder lock is insertable left or right Insertion of the latch Fixing dimensions for the cylinder lock Fixing dimensions for the cylinder lock Latch for two different bore spaces Swinging door with profi le frame made of profi le Swinging door without profi le frame capsule: tongue, nut, screw: GD Zn, galvanised steel, galvanised Cylinder lock with 2 keys 82.0 g Comments Key with double beard Ø8 mm Cylinder lock with double beard insert g

272 Additional accessories 1.65 Cylinder locks with security latch Lock for swinging door Comments Security latch Jolting- and vibrationless by integral lock Installation variant with mounting angle Installation variant with seal Installation variant Closing distance Closing distance Drilling pattern Security latch dimension H = 18 - H1 Cylinder locks capsule: GD Zn, galvanised tongue, nut, screw: steel, galvanised Cylinder lock with 2 keys, without security latch 66 g Comments Socket wrench / square 8 mm Cylinder lock with 1 square key, without security latch 100 g Security latch Security latch for cylinder lock 30 g H1 Article-No H1 Article-No H1 Article-No H1 Article-No

273 Additional accessories 1.65 Flap-lock countersunk for sliding door Lock for sliding door capsule: GD Zn, chrome-plated tongue and nut: steel, galvanised Locked Open Flap-lock countersunk, for sliding door 52 g Cylinder locks fl ush Locking system for swinging doors locking: 90 material: capsule: GD Zn, chrome-plated fi xing plate: GD Zn, black powder-coated Outside: fl ush (without jutout of lock parts) adjustable capsule Profi le: door post Profi le: door frame 6 Inside: with fi xing plate Profi le Latch Door post Door frame A H H

274 Additional accessories 1.65 Cylinder locks flush Delivery unit cylinder lock with fi xing plate Separate order key security latch Description GL Weight Article-No. Cylinder lock fl ush, square g Cylinder lock fl ush, square g Cylinder lock fl ush, square g Delivery unit cylinder lock with fi xing plate Separate order key security latch Description GL Weight Article-No. Cylinder lock fl ush, double beard g Cylinder lock fl ush, double beard g Cylinder lock fl ush, double beard g Square keys Description L Material Weight Article-No. Square key 8, 40 mm PA-GF 7.5 g Square key 8, 81 mm GD Zn 41.6 g Double beard keys Description L Material Weight Article-No. Double beard key 3, 40 mm PA-GF 6.4 g Double beard key 3, 89 mm GD Zn 35.8 g Security latches Description H1 Weight Article-No. Security latch g Security latch g Security latch g Security latch g Security latch g Description H1 Weight Article-No. Security latch g Security latch g Security latch g Security latch g Security latch g

275 Additional accessories 1.65 Mortise deadlocks Door locks for doors with profi le frames made from profi les and mortise deadlock: steel, galvanised screws and threaded plates: steel, galvanised lock insert: GD-Zn, galvanised rosette: LM, natural anodised case: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25, natural anodised Door lock without lock insert and handles both sides Door lock with cylinder lock and handles both sides Door lock with lock insert, one handle and one fi xed knob door frame door post door post door frame Mounting position left Mounting position right Profile machining for door post 6 handle height Comments Mortise deadlocks without lock have no profi le machining on cut W-W. 273

276 Additional accessories 1.65 Mortise deadlock installation sets without lock Comments Drawing shows mounting position left, mirror image mounting position right Mortise deadlock installation set without lock, left, PG 40 1,191 g L40 Mortise deadlock installation set without lock, right, PG 40 1,191 g R40 Mortise deadlock installation set without lock, left, PG 45 1,352 g L45 Mortise deadlock installation set without lock, right, PG 45 1,352 g R45 Single parts Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Mortise deadlock case without lock PG g x40 Mortise deadlock case without lock PG g x45 Mortise deadlock left, PG g L40 Mortise deadlock right, PG g R40 Mortise deadlock left, PG g L45 Mortise deadlock right, PG g R45 Screw connector PG g S1M8/11 Screw connector PG g S1M8/11 Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D Mortise deadlock cases without lock handle height Description A B Weight Article-No. Mortise deadlock case without lock mounting position le/ri, PG g x40 mounting position le/ri, PG g x45 274

277 Additional accessories 1.65 Mortise deadlock installation sets with lock Comments Drawing shows mounting position left, mirror image mounting position right Dimensions ï 274, drawing Mortise deadlock installation sets without lock Mortise deadlock installation set with lock, left, PG 40 1,371 g L40 Mortise deadlock installation set with lock, right, PG 40 1,371 g R40 Mortise deadlock installation set with lock, left, PG 45 1,535 g L45 Mortise deadlock installation set with lock, right, PG 45 1,535 g R45 Single parts Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Mortise deadlock case with lock PG g x40 Mortise deadlock case with lock PG g x45 Mortise deadlock left, PG g L40 Mortise deadlock right, PG g R40 Mortise deadlock left, PG g L45 Mortise deadlock right, PG g R45 Screw connector PG g S1M8/11 Screw connector PG g S1M8/11 Lock insert with 2 keys, PG g Lock insert with 2 keys, PG g Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D Rosette, set 1 25 g Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D Mortise deadlock cases with lock handle height 6 Description A B Weight Article-No. Mortise deadlock case with lock mounting position L/R, PG g x40 mounting position L/R, PG g x45 275

278 Additional accessories 1.65 Door handle material: LM surface: natural anodised Door handle set 166 g Single parts Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Handle with rosette g Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D Door knob material: LM surface: natural anodised Comments Door knob fi xed Door knob set 178 g Single parts Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Door knob with rosette g Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D Push pins material: steel surface: galvanised Comments Stop pin for 1 door handle variant only Description L Weight Article-No. Push pin for 1 door handle, PG g Push pin for 1 door handle, PG g Description L Weight Article-No. Push pin for 2 door handles, PG g Push pin for 2 door handles, PG g

279 Additional accessories 1.65 Bar locks Lock for large doors made of profi le or 40 80, with pin arrest on top and bottom side Bar lock with olive Bar lock with socket wrench Mounting position right Mounting position left Mounting in profi le Mounting in profi le

280 Additional accessories 1.65 Profile machining for bar lock Profile machining for bar lock handle height handle height handle height Description Article-No. Profi le machining for bar lock handle height Description Article-No. Profi le machining for bar lock Bar locks, 15 deep material: steel surface: galvanised Bar lock, left side 230 g L Bar lock, right side 230 g R 278

281 Additional accessories 1.65 Bar locks cover plate: alu, natural anodised face plate: alu, natural anodised bar: steel, galvanised screws: steel, galvanised Assembly accessories for bar lock Assembly accessories for bar lock 590 g Single parts Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Cover plate g Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D Front plate g Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D Bar, L g Assembly accessories for bar lock Assembly accessories for bar lock 800 g Single parts Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Cover plate g Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D Front plate g Threaded insert M14/M g Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D Bar, L g

282 Additional accessories 1.65 Olive installation set for bar lock material: GD-Zn, chrome-plated Comments Execution for profi le = with rosette Execution for profi le = without rosette Olive installation set for bar lock without lock, for profi le g for profi le g Olive installation set for bar lock with lock, for profi le g for profi le g Single parts Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Olive without lock g Olive with lock, incl. 2 keys g Rosette 1 8 g Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D Lock mounting set lock insert: GD-Zn, galvanised key: GD-Zn, galvanised rosette: LM, natural anodised key catch: PVC, grey with square key for bar lock Lock mounting set with square key for bar lock 73 g Single parts Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Lock insert 1 16 g Key catch 1 3 g Rosette 1 8 g Square key 8 mm 1 42 g Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D with double beard key for bar lock Lock mounting set with double beard key for bar lock 73 g Single parts Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Lock insert 1 16 g Key catch 1 3 g Rosette 1 8 g Double beard key Ø g Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D

283 Additional accessories 1.65 Latch locks Door lock with small jutout variable from 1 to 3 mm screw depth min. 4, max. 9.5 Installation dimensions material: capsule: GDZn black coated trap: GDZn rough nut: steel galvanised Installation dimensions Mounting elements cap-screw DIN 6913, M6 washer DIN Delivery unit latch lock 4 nuts M6 2 keys (by variant with lock) cover plug (by variant without lock) Latch lock without lock 560 g Latch lock with lock, all keyed alike 560 g Latch lock with lock, keyed different 560 g

284 Additional accessories 1.66 Roller 39 Roller for guiding in the 8 mm profi le slot for sliding doors Asymetric mount Mounting measure incl. washer DIN 125 Mounting with threaded pillar Mounting with thread in panel element material: colour: max. static load: PA-GF black F = 150 N Comments 2 deep grooved ball bearings with 2 cover discs Roller g

285 Additional accessories 1.66 Roller 29 Roller for guiding in the 8 mm profi le slot or in the twin track Guiding in the twin track Guiding in the profi le slot material: colour: max. static load: PA-GF black F = 150 N Comments 1 deep grooved ball bearing with 2 sealing discs Roller g Twin track guide material: plastic colour: white Comments Fastening of the twin track guide with threaded plate countersunk screw 6 Twin track guide, L g

286 Additional accessories 1.66 Roller fastening sets type A The roller fastening set allows the mounting of the roller into the panel element. Thus the panel element fi ts in the slot and fi lls the frame completely Roller fastening set type A, one-sided Roller fastening set type A, double-sided Mounting on top side Mounting on bottom side Comments The elongated hole in the panel element allows the adjustment of the height tolerance 284

287 Additional accessories 1.66 Roller fastening sets type A Panel element 6 mm View A - A Panel element 6 mm View B - B Panel element 8 mm View A - A base body material: aluminium surface: natural anodised Panel element 8 mm View B - B one sided Roller fastening set type A, one sided, complete 55.5 g Single parts Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Roller bracket type A, left g Roller g Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D Washer DIN g 0.62.D ,4 double sided Roller fastening set type A, double sided, complete 64.5 g Single parts Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Roller bracket type A, right g Roller bracket type A, left g Roller g Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D

288 Additional accessories 1.66 Roller fastening sets type B The roller fastening set allows the mounting of the roller into the panel element Guidance in profi le slot Guidance in twin track guide Comments Mounting position of roller optional A = 1.7 mm 2.7 mm Mounting on top side Mounting on bottom side Comments The elongated hole in the panel element allows to adjust the height tolerance and to unhinge the sliding door 286

289 Additional accessories 1.66 Roller fastening sets type B Guidance of sliding door on top: sliding profi le on bottom: twin track guide with profi le The slot in the panel element allows: adjustment of height tolerance removal of the sliding door Mounting position of roller: dimension 6.7 = panel element 6 mm dimension 7.7 = panel element 8 mm base body material: aluminium surface: natural anodised Roller fastening set type B, complete 62 g Single parts Description Pcs. Weight Article-No. Roller bracket type B g Roller g Countersunk screw DIN M g 0.63.D Cap-screw DIN M g 0.63.D Washer DIN g 0.62.D ,4 287

290 Additional accessories 1.66 Mounting adaptor for roller For fastening of rollers Comments Simple mounting, enables installation without dismounting of frame F max = 1,000 N material: PA, black Mounting elements F-slot: threaded plate F M6 E-slot: threaded plate E M6 threaded plate, heavy E M6 cap-screw DIN 6912, M FM EM EM6 Mounting adaptor for roller Ø8 9 g

291 Additional accessories 1.66 Edge roller Roller conveyors for transporting boxes and containers low noise low friction operation due to double ball bearings simple assembly Single parts 1 edge roller 2 hexagon nut 3 shim 4 threaded plate material: roller: impact resistant plastic axle: galvanised colour: roller: black bearings: steel or stainlessball bearings on galvanised steel bolt loading capacity: static: 50 N dynamic: 100 N Mounting elements threaded plate E M8 hexagon nut DIN M8 washer DIN EM D D00125.A08,4 6 Edge roller E 51.0 g

292 Additional accessories 1.66 Runner for sliding suspended doors Sliding suspended doors made of profi le frames for large openings and heavy doors Alu C-track for suspended doors bar length: 6 m material: aluminium surface: natural anodised Distance d = mismatch of Alu C-track Alu C-track bar 3.6 kg Alu C-track cut to length 0.6 kg A00A00/... /... = length in mm Runner for sliding suspended door countersink DIN 74 - M8 material: strap: VA bolt: C45 K distance bush: AlMg3 max. load capacity: 100 kg Comments Countersink DIN 74 - M8 for countersunk screw DIN M8 Description a b h Weight Article-No. Runner for sliding susp. door, PG g Runner for sliding susp. door, PG g

293 Additional accessories 1.66 Stopper Type 1 for sliding suspended door Stopper Type 1 for sliding suspended door, complete 63 g Stopper Type 2 for sliding suspended door Stopper Type 2 for sliding suspended door, complete 160 g Frame guide for suspended door countersink DIN 74 - M6 material: aluminium surface: natural anodised Comments Countersink DIN 74 - M6 for countersunk screw DIN M6 Frame guide for suspended door 30 g Rubber door stop for suspended door material: rubber colour: black Rubber door stop for suspended door 3 g

294 Additional accessories 1.67 Slot rollers For light running sliding doors material: colour: max. static load: PETP black 8 kg/roller Fastening elements (optional) threaded plate E M8 threaded plate, heavy, E M8 T-Nut, E M8 T-Nut for subs. insertion E, M EM EM EM EM8 Description A Weight Article-No. Slot roller E g E3M8 Description A Weight Article-No. Slot roller E g E4M8 292

295 Additional accessories 1.67 Guidance system Slideway with sliding blocks e.g. for lifting tables and drawers Slideway for lifting table Slideway for drawer X-X T-nut A sliding block View "X" B Y-Y T-nut sliding block 6 Details "A" and "B" View "Y" 293

296 Additional accessories 1.67 Clamping for guidance system Clamping with setscrew Clamping with clamping lever Single parts for clamping Description Article-No. T-nut sliding block 1.67.äM8 Distance washer Clamping lever Connector Description for profile Article-No. Connector, screw-type, parallel, M /4S5M8/7 Connector, screw-type, parallel, M /5S5M8/11 Connector, screw-type, parallel, M /55S5M8/11 Connector, screw-type, parallel, M /6S5M8/11 Connector, screw-type, parallel, M S1M8/11 Sliding blocks material: PA6G oil, (murlubric or similar) black colour: max. carrying capacity: p = 20 N/mm 2 at temperature 20 C velocity 1 m/sec Comments raw fi nish on request Description F Weight Article-No. Sliding block F 1,500 N 11 g 1.67.F2F2 Description a b F Weight Article-No. Sliding block F/E ,500 N 15 g 1.67.F2E3 Sliding block F/E ,500 N 15 g 1.67.F2E4 Description a b c F Weight Article-No. Sliding block E ,000 N 18 g 1.67.E3E3 Sliding block E3/E ,000 N 18 g 1.67.E3E4 Sliding block E ,000 N 23 g 1.67.E4E4 294

297 Additional accessories 1.67 T-nut sliding blocks material: PA6G oil (murlubric or similar) colour: black Comments raw fi nish on request Description G Weight Article-No. T-nut sliding block F M6 1.5 g 1.67.FM6 T-nut sliding block F M8 1.5 g 1.67.FM8 Description G Weight Article-No. T-nut sliding block E M6 3.0 g 1.67.EM6 T-nut sliding block E M8 3.0 g 1.67.EM8 Description G Weight Article-No. T-nut sliding block E 2 M g 1.67.E2M61400 T-nut sliding block E 2 M g 1.67.E2M81400 T-nut sliding block E 2 M g 1.67.E2M81408 for Eco-Slide with clamping lever 6 Distance washer material: PVC colour: grey Description D d Weight Article-No. Distance washer g Distance washer g

298 Additional accessories 1.67 Eco-Slides Sliding carriage in variable, simple and rugged design with low sliding resistance High tolerance adjustment for width and height without clamping lever with clamping lever with side cover caps with lower cover caps 296

299 Additional accessories 1.67 Eco-Slide for profi le group 30 F-slot loading capacity: max. 1,000 N Width of profile 30 mm Description B X L Weight Article-No. Eco-Slide, PG 30-30F 36, g 1.67.S F Eco-Slide, PG 30-30F, with clamping lever 36, g 1.67.S F 6 60 mm Description B X L Weight Article-No. Eco-Slide, PG 30-60F 36, g 1.67.S F Eco-Slide, PG 30-60F, with clamping lever 36, g 1.67.S F 100 mm Description B X L Weight Article-No. Eco-Slide, PG F 46, g 1.67.S F Eco-Slide, PG F, with clamping lever 46, g 1.67.S F 150 mm Description B X L Weight Article-No. Eco-Slide, PG F 46, g 1.67.S F Eco-Slide, PG F, with clamping lever 46, g 1.67.S F 297

300 Additional accessories 1.67 Eco-Slide for profi le group 40 E-slot loading capacity: max. 1,000 N Width of profile 40 mm Description B L Weight Article-No. Eco-Slide, PG 40-40E g 1.67.S E Eco-Slide, PG 40-40E, with clamping lever g 1.67.S E 80 mm Description B L Weight Article-No. Eco-Slide, PG 40-80E g 1.67.S E Eco-Slide, PG 40-80E, with clamping lever g 1.67.S E 120 mm Description B L Weight Article-No. Eco-Slide, PG E g 1.67.S E Eco-Slide, PG E, with clamping lever g 1.67.S E 160 mm Description B L Weight Article-No. Eco-Slide, PG E g 1.67.S E Eco-Slide, PG E, with clamping lever g 1.67.S E 298

301 Additional accessories 1.67 Eco-Slide for profi le group 45 E-slot loading capacity: max. 1,000 N Width of profile 45 mm Description B L Weight Article-No. Eco-Slide, PG 45-45E g 1.67.S E Eco-Slide, PG 45-45E, with clamping lever g 1.67.S E 6 90 mm Description B L Weight Article-No. Eco-Slide, PG 45-90E g 1.67.S E Eco-Slide, PG 45-90E, with clamping lever g 1.67.S E 299

302 Additional accessories 1.68 Hanging bracket Element for mounting unhingeable fence elements The connector cross bushing can be fi xed at the front or back material: aluminium strength: F25 surface: natural anodised Comments Elements needed for mounting: cap-screw DIN 6912 M8 12 with threaded plate T-Nut for subsequent insertion M8 with cap-screw DIN 6912 M8 10 parallel-connector with F-head Hanging bracket 16 g

303 Additional accessories 1.69 Suspended glider Element for tool suspension in MayTec-profi le material: colour: max. static load: PA-GF black 300 N Suspended glider F 10 g 1.69.F010 Suspended glider E 10 g 1.69.E010 Carabine swivel material: steel surface: galvanised 6 Carabine swivel g

304 Electrical accessories 1.70 Potential equalisation Ground connections to establish the potential equalisation between two profi les The serration at the bottom of the socket head of the connector pushes through the anodised coating of the profi les and thus provides the electrical contact contact anodised coating Comments Suitable to equalise charge accumulations Not suitable for higher currents Low current measurements in accordance with DIN VDE 0413, Part 4 for the control of protective circuits, earthing circuits and potential equalisation methods through low resistance connections for protection against dangerous currents Resistance values with DC current of more than 200 ma with 1.0 m alu-profi le without connector with 1 standard connector with 1 univ. grounding connector 0.11 h > 2 Mh 0.11 h Description Connector, universal, grounding, PG 20 Connector, universal, grounding, PG 30 Connector, universal, grounding, PG 40 Connector, universal, grounding, PG 45 Connector, universal, grounding, PG 50 Connector, universal, grounding, PG 60 Article-No F0E F0E F0E F0E F0E F0E Description Connector, universal, grounding, PG 20 Connector, universal, grounding, PG 30 Connector, universal, grounding, PG 40 Connector, universal, grounding, PG 45 Connector, universal, grounding, PG 50 Connector, universal, grounding, PG 60 Article-No E0E E0E E0E E0E E0E E0E Comments More grounding connectors ï Connectors 1.2A 302

305 Electrical accessories 1.70 Ground connections Couplings for grounding of anodised profi les Comments The grounding is caused by breaking the anodised layer at the bottom of the slot and at the profi le s front side Ground connection F, M6 74 g FM6 Single parts T-Nut for subseqent insertion F, M6 Setscrew DIN M V2A Fan type lock washer DIN A6.4 - V2A Hexagon nut DIN M6 - Ms Washer with chamfer DIN B6.4 - Ms Ground connection E, M8 146 g EM8 Single parts T-Nut for subseqent insertion E, M8 Setscrew DIN M V2A Fan type lock washer DIN A8.4 - V2A Hexagon nut DIN M8 - Ms Washer with chamfer DIN B8.4 - Ms 7 303

306 Electrical accessories 1.71 Cable and hose clamp Fixing element for cables and hoses up to Ø12 mm material: PA colour: black Mounting on profi les Ø max = 12 mm for cables and hoses Fastening elements for E-slot cap-screw DIN 6912 M4 12 T-Nut for subs. insertion, with leaf spring E, M4 spring-nut E, M4 T-slot nut E, M EM EM EM4 Cable and hose clamp 8 g

307 Electrical accessories 1.71 Block for cable binder, Cross-blocks for cable binder front-sided insertion, Cable binder Block for cable binder Cross-block for cable binder front-sided insertion material: PA colour: black Element for fi xing single cables and hoses or large quantities Block for cable binder counterbore DIN 74 - M5 Comments Counterbore DIN 74 - M5 for cap-screw DIN M5 Block for cable binder 1.6 g Cross-blocks for cable binder front-sided insertion Description a Weight Article-No. Cross-block for cable binder F g F2 Cross-block for cable binder E g E3 Cross-block for cable binder E g E4 7 Cable binder detachable Description B L Weight Article-No. Cable binder, detachable g Cable binder, detachable g

308 Electrical accessories 1.71 Installation rings Element for fi xing large quantities of cables and hoses The rings can be opened for insertion material: PA-GF colour: black Comments Delivery unit incl. screw Description D s Weight Article-No. Installation ring Ø g Installation ring Ø g Installation ring Ø g Installation ring Ø g

309 Electrical accessories 1.72 Mounting set for 19 profi le Fastening set for the assembly of 19 plug-in units and 19 profi les Form U Form V Form W distance distance distance distance 19 -profi les ï Special profi les 1.19 Dimensions for front panels and housings according to DIN screw and nut: steel, galvanised plate and socket washer: PA, black delivery unit: PU with 10 mounting sets 7 Mounting set for 19 profi le 70 g

310 Electrical accessories 1.73 Safety switches Safety switch for the electrical interlocking of swinging or sliding doors Comments Smallest possible radius of operation of 150 mm with 1 safety contact Schmersal: Type AZ 15 zvrk-m IP V 4A Safety switch with 1 safety contact 100 g with 5 N - lock-in position with 1 safety contact and 1 alarm contact Schmersal: Type AZ 16 zvrk-m IP V 4A Safety switch with 1 safety contact and 1 alarm contact 125 g with 5 N - lock-in position with 1 closing and 1 positioning monitoring Schmersal: Type AZM 161sk - 33rk-24V-M16 IP 65 Comments Locking mechanism by spring Releasing by solenoid (closed-circuit system) 24V electrical potential of coil Safety switch with 1 closing and 1 positioning monitoring 480 g

311 Electrical accessories 1.73 Safety switches AZ 17 Safety switch for the electrical interlocking of swinging or sliding doors Schmersal: Type AZ 17 4A / 230 VAC IP 67 Comments Especially suitable for cramped mounting spaces Safety switch AZ zk 90 g with 1 positive-break safety contact 1 no contact Safety switch AZ zk 90 g with 2 positive-break safety contacts Guard locking devices AZM 170 Schmersal: Type AZM 170 4A / 230 VAC IP 67 Comments Locking mechanism by spring Releasing by solenoid (closed-circuit system) Guard locking device AZM zk g with 1 positive-break safety contact 1 no contact 24V electrical potential of coil Guard locking device AZM zk g with 2 positive-break safety contacts 24V electrical potential of coil Comments Locking mechanism by solenoid Releasing by spring (working current principle) 7 Guard locking device AZM zka 300 g with 1 positive-break safety contact 1 no contact Guard locking device AZM zka 300 g with 2 positive-break safety contacts 309

312 Electrical accessories 1.73 Safety interlocking-mountings for swinging door Mounting element for electrical interlocking switches Comments Assembly on profi le profi le profi le material: aluminium surface: natural anodised for swinging door Safety interlocking-mounting 46 g for swinging door with lock for swinging door Safety interlocking-mounting 183 g with lock for swinging door 310

313 Electrical accessories 1.73 Safety interlocking-mountings for sliding door Mounting element for the electrical interlokking of sliding doors Comments Assembly on profi le profi le profi le material: aluminium surface: natural anodised Contact bracket-mounting for sliding door Contact bracket-mounting 41 g for sliding door Safety interlocking-mounting for sliding door Safety interlocking-mounting 70 g for sliding door 7 311

314 Electrical accessories 1.73 Safety interlocking-mountings AZ 17 for swinging door Fastening elements for: safety switches AZ 17 safety closing AZM 170 at sliding doors Activation key Mounting vertical to swivel radius Activation key Mounting horizontal to swivel radius lock washer Comments Assembly on profi le profi le profi le material: aluminium surface: natural anodised Delivery Incl. lock washers DIN 9021 Ø4.3 mm for mounting activation key Safety interlocking-mounting AZ g for swinging door 312

315 Electrical accessories 1.73 Safety interlocking-mountings AZ 17 for sliding door Fastening elements for: safety switches AZ 17 safety closing AZM 170 at sliding doors Mounting position: Safety switch parallel to sliding door Fastening plate horizontal Fastening plate vertical 1 Contact bracket-mounting AZ 17 2 Safety interlocking-mounting AZ 17 Mounting position: Safety switch across to sliding door Fixing at cross profi le Fixing at longitudinal profi le 1 Contact bracket-mounting AZ 17 2 Safety interlocking-mounting AZ 17 3 Angle for safety interlockingmounting AZ

316 Electrical accessories 1.73 Safety interlocking-mountings AZ 17 for sliding door material: aluminium surface: natural anodised Comments Assembly on profi le profi le profi le Contact bracket-mounting AZ 17 for sliding door Description a Weight Article-No. Contact bracket-mounting AZ 17 for sliding door, L g Contact bracket-mounting AZ 17 for sliding door, L g Contact bracket-mounting AZ 17 for sliding door, L g Safety interlockingmounting AZ 17 for sliding door Safety interlocking-mounting AZ 17 for sliding door 62 g Angle for safety interlockingmounting AZ 17 for sliding door Comments Countersink DIN 74 - M5 for countersunk screw DIN M5 Angle for safety interlocking-mounting AZ g for sliding door countersink DIN 74 - M5 314

317 Electrical accessories 1.73 Sensor brackets For fastening of sensors Assembly The toothed lock washer is fi xed in profi le slot and guarantees a reliable positioning material: PA, black Fastening elements cap-screw DIN 6912, M4 Description D Weight Article-No. Sensor bracket 8 Ø g Sensor bracket 8 Ø8 5.4 g Sensor bracket 8 Ø g

318 Electrical accessories 1.75 Electrical installation trunking Installation trunking for electrical and pneumatic lines material: aluminium surface: natural anodised Mounting Lid profi le to base profi le Mounting Base profi le to profi le with E-slot Centre groove for fastening E-trunking to profi le Ø3, fastening of cover cap Centre groove for fastening lid to E-trunking Fastening of lid withsheet metal screw 0.63.D ,5 9,5 Possibilities of fastening button-headed screw M WN with: threaded plate EM5, 1.31.EM5 T-nut for subs. insertion, with leaf spring EM5, EM5 T-slot nut EM5, EM5 E-trunking E-trunking 30 30, bar 6 m 2.28 kg G.60 E-trunking 30 30, cut to length 0.38 kg/m G-A00A00/... /... = length in mm E-trunking 40 20, bar 6 m 1.80 kg G.60 E-trunking 40 20, cut to length 0.30 kg/m G-A00A00/... /... = length in mm E-trunking 40 40, bar 6 m 3.66 kg G.60 E-trunking 40 40, cut to length 0.61 kg/m G-A00A00/... /... = length in mm E-trunking 40 80, bar 6 m 7.20 kg G.60 E-trunking 40 80, cut to length 1.20 kg/m G-F00F00/... /... = length in mm 316

319 Electrical accessories 1.75 E-trunking 80 40, bar 6 m 5.10 kg G.60 E-trunking 80 40, cut to length 0.85 kg/m G-F00F00/... /... = length in mm E-trunking 80 80, bar 6 m 9.30 kg G.60 E-trunking 80 80, cut to length 1.55 kg/m G-F00F00/... /... = length in mm E-trunking , bar 6 m kg G.60 E-trunking , cut to length 2.0 kg/m G-L00L00/... /... = length in mm E-trunking, lids E-trunking, lid 30, bar 6 m 1.44 kg D.60 E-trunking, lid 30, cut to length 0.24 kg/m D-A00A00/... /... = length in mm E-trunking, lid 40, bar 6 m 2.10 kg D.60 E-trunking, lid 40, cut to length 0.35 kg/m D-A00A00/... /... = length in mm E-trunking, lid 80, bar 6 m 3.54 kg D.60 E-trunking, lid 80, cut to length 0.59 kg/m D-F00F00/... /... = length in mm 7 E-trunking, lid 200, bar 6 m 9.00 kg D.60 E-trunking, lid 200, cut to length 1.50 kg/m D-L00L00/... /... = length in mm 317

320 Electrical accessories 1.75 E-trunking Profi le , 8E, SP, bar 6 m kg SP.60 Profi le , 8E, SP, cut to length 7.90 kg/m SP-L00L00/... /... = length in mm E-trunking, lid Profi le pre-cut lid 120, bar 6 m kg Profi le pre-cut lid 120, cut to length 1.80 kg/m L00L00/... /... = length in mm E-trunking, end plates material: stainless steel surface: pickled and passivated E-trunking, end plate g E-trunking, end plate g E-trunking, end plate g E-trunking, end plate g E-trunking, end plate g E-trunking, end plate g E-trunking, end plate g

321 Electrical accessories 1.75 Electrical installation trunking for clips Clip-system for quick assembly of the E-trunking material: aluminium surface: natural anodised E-trunking, for clips E-trunking 40 20, Clips, bar 6 m 3.00 kg G.60 E-trunking 40 20, Clips, cut to length 0.50 kg/m G-A00A00/... /... = length in mm E-trunking, lid E-trunking, lid 40, bar 6 m 2.10 kg D.60 E-trunking, lid 40, cut to length 0.35 kg/m D-A00A00/... /... = length in mm E-trunking, end plate material: stainless steel surface: pickled and passivated E-trunking, end plate 40 20, Clips 6.0 g Clip for E-trunking material: Murytal C colour: natural Description L Weight Article-No. Clip E g E3 Clip E g E4 319

322 Panel elements 1.81 Corner elements for wire net mounting profile This mounting profi le allows simple and safe installation of screens Comments Wire net mounting profi le ï Mounting in the profi le slot Fastening from the outside material: PA - GF colour: black Outside corner Outside corner Corner element - outside 13 g Inside corner Inside corner Corner element - inside 6 g

323 Panel elements 1.81 Corner element 33 for wire net mounting profile This profi le allows simple and safe installation of wire nets Comments Wire net mounting profi le ï Outside mounting Outside corner Inside corner material: PA - GF colour: black Corner element g

324 Panel elements 1.81 Mounting sockets For stable and vibration free fastening of wire nets setscrew Assembly plug terminal sockets at a distance of about 270 mm on the wire net push on profi le rotate mounting sockets with headless setscrew DIN 913 M6 8 at an angle of 15 mounting socket wire net View A material: mounting socket: aluminium, natural anodised setscrew: steel, galvanised Delivery unit Mounting socket incl. setscrew Description T Weight Article-No. Mounting socket, F 5 6 g F Description T Weight Article-No. Mounting socket, E3 8 6 g E3 Description T Weight Article-No. Mounting socket, E4 8 6 g E4 322

325 Panel elements 1.82 Panel elements Panel elements to cover machine frames, work stations, partition walls. Panel element, fi xing directly in the slot Installation accessories ï 1.41 Panel elements close to the outer contour by subsequent slitting of the profi les Special slits ï 1.1E.01 Panel elements close to the outer contour by applying panel profi les Panel profi les ï 1.14 Panel elements close to the outer contour by applying wire net profi les Wire net profi les ï Panel elements close to the outer contour by fi xing with angle or mounting block Mounting blocks ï

326 Panel elements 1.82 Chipboards both sides coated with melamine surface: both sides coated with melamine structure: pearl RAL 9002: grey-white formaldehydemission: complies to safety standards 9 paragraph 3 light-fastness: point 6 as per DIN temperature resistance: - 25 C to 130 C chemical resistance: resistant against organic food, light acid contents and alkaline solution, gasoline, oil, tested as per DIN chipboard: high frequency glued laminated chipboard Technical values on DIN and bulk density: approx. 700 kg/m³ thickness tolerance: mm weight: S = 8 mm 5.6 kg/m² S = 16 mm 11.2 kg/m² S = 19 mm 13.3 kg/m² cut to length: 1.82.äää-99/ääää ääää 1.82.äää-99/ääää ääää type 1.82.äää-99/ääää ääää length width in mm Description S RAL Weight Article-No. Chipboard kg Chipboard kg Chipboard kg Solid plastic panels coated with melamine surface: both sides coated with melamine structure: pearl RAL 9002: grey-white solid plastic panel: made of Phenolplastic high pressure plate (HPL) of laminated material with all generally known merits of this substance. Technical values on DIN and bulk density: approx. 1,500 kg/m³ thickness tolerance: -0.6 mm weight: S = 4 mm 6 kg/m² S = 8 mm 12 kg/m² cut to length: 1.83.äää-99/ääää ääää 1.83.äää-99/ääää ääää type 1.83.äää-99/ääää ääää length width in mm Description S RAL Weight Article-No. Solid plastic panel kg Solid plastic panel kg

327 Panel elements 1.85 Alu-plastic composite panels Comments The anodised composite panels have contact strips of 25 mm width on the short sides. alu-plastic composite panel: PE with alu coating on both sides surface: natural anodised, E6/EV1 temperature resistance: - 50 C to 80 C chemical resistance: resistant against organic food, light acid contents and alkaline solutions, gasoline, oil thickness tolerance: -0.6 mm weight: S = 4 mm 5.5 kg/m² S = 6 mm 7.3 kg/m² cut to length: 1.85.äää-99/ääää ääää 1.85.äää-99/ääää ääää type 1.85.äää-99/ääää ääää length width in mm Description S Weight Article-No. Alu-plastic composite panel kg Alu-plastic composite panel kg Acrylic Doors, panels and guards thickness tolerance: ± 5% weight: S = 4 mm 4.8 kg/m² S = 6 mm 7.2 kg/m² S = 8 mm 9.6 kg/m² cut to length: 1.86.äää-99/ääää ääää 1.86.äää-99/ääää ääää 1.86.äää-99/ääää ääää type length width in mm 8 Description S Colour Weight Article-No. Acrylic xt 4 transparent 28.8 kg Acrylic xt 4 bronze kg Acrylic xt 6 transparent 43.2 kg Acrylic xt 6 bronze kg Acrylic xt 8 transparent 57.6 kg Acrylic xt 8 bronze kg

328 Panel elements 1.87 Polycarbonate (Makrolon) Doors, panels and guards with stringent security requirements as polycarbonate offers high impact resistance and strength against breakage thickness tolerance: weight: cut to length: +0.8 mm S = 4 mm 4.8 kg/m² S = 6 mm 7.2 kg/m² S = 8 mm 9.6 kg/m² 1.87.äää-99/ääää ääää 1.87.äää-99/ääää ääää 1.87.äää-99/ääää ääää type length width in mm Description S Colour Weight Article-No. Polycarbonate 4 transparent 28.8 kg Polycarbonate 4 bronze kg Polycarbonate 6 transparent 43.2 kg Polycarbonate 6 bronze kg Polycarbonate 8 transparent 57.6 kg Polycarbonate 8 bronze kg Properties Acrylic Polyxt carbonate Mechanical properties 20 C maximum extent of fl ex MN/m² break / shear point % 5.5 > compression MN/m² elasticity MN/m² 3, ,256.0 marring resistance J/m² impact resistance kj/m² 19.6 no break tensile strength MN/m² Thermal properties temperature distortion according to Vicat C melting point C temperature range under C static load (max.) temperature range under C static load (min.) Wire net, Alu For protective coverings and partition walls Comments Mounting in the profi le: with sponge rubber ï ää with wire net m. prof. ï with wedge profi le ï Eä.ä with framing profi le ï ä with mounting sockets ï ää material: Aluminium surface: bare weight: mm 1.85 kg/m² mm 2.25 kg/m² length of ring: 25 m cut to length: 1.88.äää-99/ääää ääää 1.88.äää-99/ääää ääää 1.88.äää-99/ääää ääää type length width in mm Wire net, Alu kg Wire net, Alu kg

329 Panel elements 1.88 Wire net, steel For protective coverings and partition walls Comments Mounting in the profi le: with sponge rubber ï ää with wire net m. prof. ï with wedge profi le ï Eä.ä with framing profi le ï ä with mounting sockets ï ää material: steel surface: galvanised weight: mm 27 kg/plate mm 24 kg/plate size of plate: 3,000 1,810 mm cut to length: 1.88.äää-99/ääää ääää 1.88.äää-99/ääää ääää 1.88.äää-99/ääää ääää type length width in mm Wire net, steel kg Wire net, steel kg Grid, steel welded For protective coverings and partition walls Comments Mounting in the profi le: with sponge rubber ï ää with wire net m. prof. ï with wedge profi le ï Eä.ä with framing profi le ï ä with mounting sockets ï ää material: steel surface: electrogalvanised weight: mm 8.9 kg/plate mm 9.8 kg/plate size of plate: 2,000 1,000 mm cut to length: 1.88.äää-99/ääää ääää 1.88.äää-99/ääää ääää 1.88.äää-99/ääää ääää type length width in mm 8 Grid, steel kg Grid, steel kg

330 Washers 1.90 (0.62) Self locking washers DIN a > b a Advantages Maximum safety during the tightening of the screw Reliable connection under extreme vibration and dynamic loads Ease of assembly and disassembly Positive locking at low and high preload levels Same temperature characteristics as standard nut & bolt Surface protection Reusable The cam angle a of the washers is larger than the thread pitch b of the bolt. b The outside dimensions of the locking washer guarantees it s effectiveness even when used in countersuck holes. Washers with enlarged outer diameter (SP) in combination with fl anged nuts / bolts are recommended for use on large / long holes, painted surfaces or soft materials, e.g. aluminium. Vibration test for long holes Pre-tensioning force (in KN) Flange nut with self locking washers SP (enlarged outer diameter) Regular nut with self locking washers SP (enlarged outer diameter) Regular nut with self locking washers (regular outer diameter) Junker vibration test for bolt M12 (8.8) Vibration test bolt M8 (8.8) with clamp length 25 mm Loosen Load cycles Clamp load (in KN) Regular nut M8 on bolt with self locking washers at 70% of yield point Regular nut M8 on bolt, clamp length 50 mm Nylon inserted nut Split ring Regular nut M8 on bolt Regular nut M8 on bolt with self locking washers at 25% of yield point Test results time (in seconds) 328

331 Washers 1.90 (0.62) Self locking washers standard Self locking washers SP (enlarged outer diameter) Cylindrical head screw DIN 6912 with self locking washers, standard Hexagonal fl ange head screw DIN 6912 and self locking washers SP T-screw with fl ange nut DIN 6923 and self locking washers SP Do not use washers that are not secured in position material: steel: Zinc fl ake coated, preassembled in pairs (glued) stainless steel: , pre-assembled in pairs (glued) C C C C C C R R R R R R Description D h d Weight Article-No. Standard / steel Self locking washers, M g 0.62.D Self locking washers, M g 0.62.D Self locking washers, M g 0.62.D Standard / stainless steel Self locking washers, M6, SS g 0.62.D SS Self locking washers, M8, SS g 0.62.D SS Self locking washers, M10, SS g 0.62.D SS SP / steel Self locking washers, M6, SP g 0.62.D SP Self locking washers, M8, SP g 0.62.D SP Self locking washers, M10, SP g 0.62.D SP SP / stainless steel Self locking washers, M6, SPSS g 0.62.D SPSS Self locking washers, M8, SPSS g 0.62.D SPSS Self locking washers, M10, SPSS g 0.62.D SPSS 9 329

332 Screws 1.90 (0.63) Button head screws Button head screws for the mounting of additional elements material: steel surface: galvanised Description G L Weight Article-No. Button head screw M g 0.63.WN Button head screw M g 0.63.WN Button head screw M g 0.63.WN Button head screw M g 0.63.WN Tools 1.98 Press in device for knurled cross bushing Base body: material: aluminium surface: natural anodised Axle bolt, spring: material: stainless steel Other: material: steel surface: galvanised Press in device for knurled cross bushing g B00R Single parts Pcs Weight Article-No. Base body g B00R/01 Stopping pin g Set screw for stop pin g Dowel pin ISO 8752 (DIN 1481), 8 24 (for drill jig) g 0.69.I Axle bolt complete, Ø8g 6 35 mm g B00R/05 Hex-socket set screw, DIN 913, M g 0.63.D Spring for T-screw, E g 1.34.E00/02 Tx screw driver material: steel, hardened surface: nickel-plated Tx screw driver for Torx 40 screws 54.0 g 1.98.T

333 Summary: Tools 1.99 Cross bushings / Anchors Drill Milling cutter MK cylindrical shaft cylindrical shaft Slot Description Cross bushing drill-ø chaf. 45 shaft-ø / MK MK Standard for profi le 20 20, soft Standard for profi le 30 30, soft for profi le 40 40, 2E 45, LP for ST-Connector, profi le for SE-Connector for ST-Connector for ST-Connector with anchor, screw-type Anchor for connector, parallel for connector, parallel for connector, miter, hinge 9 331

334 Tools 1.99 Drill jigs for profiles with H-slots Tools for precise machining of connection bore for drilling machine: - drill jig - drill for milling machine: - milling cutter the drill jig is located and fastened in the profi le slot suitable for any profi le angle cut Drill jig with setscrew Base body: material: aluminium surface: natural anodised Drill bush: material: steel surface: hardened and polished Drill jig with clamping lever Drill jig with setscrew Drill jig H with setscrew 189 g Single parts Weight Article-No. Base body 120 g Drill bush for cross bushing, Ø g Safety screw for drill bush, M6 4 6 g Stop pin 2 g Connector 11 g /2H5 Accessories Drill bush for parallel-anchor, Ø g Drill jig with clamping lever Drill jig H with clamping lever 225 g Single parts Weight Article-No. Base body 120 g Drill bush for cross bushing, Ø g Safety screw for drill bush, M6 4 6 g Stop pin 2 g Connector 11 g /2H5 Clamping lever 65, for connector, M g Accessories Drill bush for parallel-anchor, Ø g

335 Tools 1.99 Tools for profiles with H-slots Comments Selection range ï 331 Drill, Milling cutter Milling cutter for parallel-anchor cross bushing material: HSS 3 cutting edges cutting geometry for aluminium machining off-centre cutting edges Description D L F d Weight Article-No. Milling cutter f. par.-anchor Ø g Milling cutter f. cross bush. Ø without g Milling cutter f. cross bush. Ø g Drill for parallel-anchor cross bushing material: HSS 2 cutting edges cutting geometry for aluminium machining off-centre cutting edges Description D L F Weight Article-No. Drill for parallel-anchor Ø g Drill for cross bushing Ø without 43 g Drill for cross bushing Ø g Drill for miter anchor material: HSS 2 cutting edges cutting geometry for aluminium machining To drill core hole Comments Machining instruction ï 90, 1.2A Description D L Weight Article-No. Drill for miter anchor Ø g

336 Tools 1.99 Drill jigs for profiles with F- and E-slots Tools for precise machining of connection bore for drilling machine: - drill jig - drill for milling machine: - milling cutter the drill jig is located and fastened in the profi le slot suitable for any profi le angle cut Drill jig with setscrew Base body: material: aluminium surface: natural anodised Drill bush: material: steel surface: hardened and polished Drill jig with clamping lever Drill jig with setscrew Drill jig FE with setscrew 375 g Single parts Weight Article-No. Base body 188 g Drill bush for cross bushing, Ø g Safety screw for drill bush, M g Stop pin 19 g Setscrew for stop pin 2 g Connector, parallel-high 30 g /2F5 Anchor 20 g 1.21.A2E5 Accessories Drill bush for parallel-anchor, Ø g Drill jig with clamping lever Drill jig FE with clamping lever 438 g Single parts Weight Article-No. Base body 188 g Drill bush for cross bushing, Ø g Safety screw for drill bush, M g Stop pin 19 g Setscrew for stop pin 2 g Connector, parallel-high 30 g /2F5 Anchor 20 g 1.21.A2E5 Clamping lever 80, for connector, M g Accessories Drill bush for parallel-anchor, Ø g

337 Tools 1.99 Tools for profiles with F- and E-slots Comments Selection range ï 331 Drill, Milling cutter Milling cutter for parallel-anchor cross bushing material: HSS 3 cutting edges cutting geometry for aluminium machining off-centre cutting edges Description D L F d Weight Article-No. Milling cutter f. cr. bush. ST, 4 Ø Ø12 60 g Milling cutter f. cross bush. SE Ø without Ø g Milling cutter f. cross bush. Ø Ø g Drill for parallel-anchor material: HSS 2 cutting edges cutting geometry for aluminium machining off-centre cutting edges Description D L F Weight Article-No. Drill for parallel-anchor Ø g Drill for cross bushing material: HSS 2 cutting edges cutting geometry for aluminium machining off-centre cutting edges Description D L F Weight Article-No. Drill for cross bushing, MK2 Ø g Drill for cross bushing material: HSS 2 cutting edges cutting geometry for aluminium machining off-centre cutting edges 9 Description D L F d Weight Article-No. Drill for cross bushing Ø Ø g

338 Tools - Special cases 1.99 Tools for profiles with F- and E-slots Comments Selection range ï 331 Drill, Milling cutter Milling cutter for cross bushing material: HSS 4 cutting edges cutting geometry for aluminium machining off-centre cutting edges Description D L F d Weight Article-No. Milling cutter f. cross bush. Ø Ø g Drill for cross bushing material: HSS 2 cutting edges cutting geometry for aluminium machining off-centre cutting edges Description D L F Weight Article-No. Drill for cross bushing, MK2 Ø g Drill for cross bushing material: HSS 2 cutting edges cutting geometry for aluminium machining off-centre cutting edges Description D L F d Weight Article-No. Drill for cross bushing Ø Ø g

339 Tools 1.99 Screw taps for aluminium machining Mounting threads in profi le centre core hole Ø5 mm Screw tap M6 material: HSS/E machine threading tap: right hand cutting, 40 right spiral fl uted enlarged chip fl ute 3-pitch thread start tolerance class: 6H Description G L Weight Article-No. Screw tap M g Mounting threads in profi le centre core hole Ø6.2 mm Screw tap M8 material: HSS/E machine threading tap: right hand cutting, 40 right spiral fl uted enlarged chip fl ute 3-pitch thread start tolerance class: 6H Description G L Weight Article-No. Screw tap M g

340 Tools 1.99 Screw taps for aluminium machining Fastening thread in hollow chambers of profi les PG 50 Screw tap M12 material: HSS/E machine threading tap: right hand cutting, 40 right spiral fl uted enlarged chip fl ute 2-pitch thread start tolerance class: 6H Description G L Weight Article-No. Screw tap M g Mounting threads in profi le centre core hole Ø12 mm Screw tap M14 material: HSS/E machine threading tap: right hand cutting, 40 right spiral fl uted enlarged chip fl ute 2-pitch thread start tolerance class: 6H Description G L Weight Article-No. Screw tap M g Screw tap M g

341 Subject index A Abbreviations... 5 Accessories Acrylic Additional accessories...136, 231 Adjustable tilt-feet anti-slip discs cushion elements nuts plates Single parts spindles Adjustable tilt-foot anti-slip discs Adjustable tilt-foot cushion elements Adjustable tilt-foot nuts Stainless steel Steel Adjustable tilt-foot plates with mounting holes without mounting holes Adjustable tilt-foot plates with mounting holes GD-Zn PA Stainless steel Adjustable tilt-foot plates without mounting holes GD-Zn PA Stainless steel Adjustable tilt-foot spindles Stainless steel Steel Alu hinges heavy Press-fi t pins for alu hinges Spacer Type A Type B Type C Alu hinges, heavy Alu-plastic composite panel Angles Angles Angles Alu Angles GD-Al Angles GD-Zn Angles PA Swivel angles Angular adjusting feet with adjusting screw without adjusting screw Angular tolerance Anti-twist devices for subsequent insertion Approximate determination of defl ection B Bar locks Assembly accessories Lock mounting sets Olive installation sets Profi le machining Base angle Base feet Floor mounting sets...187, 191 Profi le mounting sets Base plates with thread without thread Bayonet type connector Bending strength Block for cable binder Bores for parallel-connector Bullet catches PA Button head screws C Cable and hose clamp Cable binder detachable Calculation formulas for polygons Carabine swivel Castors Fixed castors Fixed castors with bolt hole Fixed castors with fi tting plate Locking castors Swivel castors Swivel castors lockable Swivel castors lockable with bolt hole Swivel castors lockable with fi tting plate Swivel castors with bolt hole Swivel castors with fi tting plate Threaded bolt for locking castor with center thread Chipboards Clamping connector Clamping for guidance system Clamping levers Coding examples for price group for price group for price group Combination profi les PVC...155, 158 Connection elements of 0-slot profi les of MayTec with other profi le systems of profi les 40, round plates with corner pieces Connection elements Anti-twist devices Anti-twist devices for subsequent insertion Clamping levers Retaining plates Connection plates Connection possibilities for 0-slot profi les for profi les 40, round Other profi le systems Special cases Subsequent mounting of profi les Connection possibilities for 0-slot profi les Connection with screw-type connector Specifi cation of milling patterns for closed profi les Connection possibilities for profi les 40, round Calculation formulas for polygons Connection System Connection variants with screw-type connectors...91,

342 Subject index Connector Bayonet type connector Clamping connector Connector screw Connector screw-self-cutting Cross connector Extension...90, 94 Extension / parallel connector Miter 90 -bent anchor l Miter 90 -bent anchor r Miter 90 -hinge l + r...90, 95 Miter-bent anchor l + r Miter-hinge l + r...90, 95 Oblique 90 -bent anchor Oblique 90 -bent anchor Oblique 90 -hinge...90, 93 Oblique-bent anchor l Oblique-bent anchor r Oblique-bent anchor standard l Oblique-bent anchor standard r Oblique-cross-hinge Oblique-cross-hinge Oblique-hinge l + r...90, 92 Parallel connector for subsequent insertion Parallel-cross...90, 94 Parallel-high...90, 94 Parallel-high Parallel-square...90, 94 Parallel-square Screw-type front sided...91, 96 Screw-type parallel-cross...91, 96 Screw-type parallel-high...91, 96 Screw-type parallel-square...91, 96 SE-Connector Shifter Square head Standard Square head Standard Square head Universal Standard Standard ST-Connector ST-Connector with anchor, screw-type Universal...90, 92 Universal connector with knurled cross bushing Connector - Drill dimensions with radius covers without radius covers Connector complete PG , 102, 104 PG , 104 PG , 104 PG , 105 PG , 105 PG , 105 Connector components Anchor...101, 103 Cross bushing...101, 102 Setscrew Spring Connector Cross bushings Drill dimensions for connector cross bushings Mounting variants Connector for core hole-ø 12 mm core hole-ø 6 mm Connector screw self-cutting Connector selection Connectors Connector complete Cross bushings drill dimensions Examples Machining of profi les with core hole-ø Manufacture a connection Parallel connector Special cases...89, 106 types and materials Connectors - Special cases Bayonet type connector Clamping connector Connector screw self-cutting Cross connector Extension / parallel connector Parallel connector for subsequent insertion SE-Connector ST-Connector ST-Connector with anchor, screw-type Universal connector with knurled cross bushing Corner elements Corner element 33 for wire net mounting profi le for wire net mounting profi le Corner pieces cubic...217, 220 segment segment, 2gang spherical...218, 220 Cover caps for profi les with core hole-ø for profi les with core hole-ø for profi les without core hole for screw bores for tube profi le for tubes Ø48 for hand rail profi le Cover plug...118, 173 domed for connector bushings Cover profi les Alu PVC Cross bore Cross bushing bore for connector Cross connection plates Cross connector Cross section of slots... 6 Cross-blocks for cable binder C-track Curved profi les Cylinder locks fl ush with security latch D Defl ection Delivery length Determination of defl ection Direction and Position Distance washer

343 Subject index Door handle Door knob Double hinge Drill dimensions for connector cross bushings Drill jigs for profi les with F- and E-slots for profi les with H-slots with clamping lever...332, 334 with setscrew...332, 334 Drills...333, 335 E E3-slot... 6 E4-slot... 6 Eco-Slides Edge roller Electrical accessories...137, 302 accessories E-trunking, end plates E-trunking, for clips Electrical installation trunking E-trunking lids E-trunking profi le E-trunking, end plates E-trunking, for clips E-trunking profi les Base profi les Cover profi les Extension / parallel connector Extruded profi le as per DIN EN Eye-bolt F Fastening elements Fastening plate Fixed castors with bolt hole with fi tting plate Flap-lock countersunk Flatness of profi le surfaces Flatness tolerance Flexure load Floor levelling screw Floor mounting plate Floor plate Frame guide Framing profi les...160, 165 one piece two pieces F-slot... 6 Functional length G Grab handle profi les...52, 236 Grab handles Grid, steel Ground connections Ground connector for potential equilisation Guard locking device Guidance system Clamping for guidance system Distance washer Sliding blocks T-Nut sliding blocks Guide profi le PVC H Hand adjustable feet Hand rail Handle system oval design round design Handles light Alu light PA PA PA with bore PA with thread Hanging bracket Hinges...237, 242, 244 Alu hinges Alu hinges, heavy Double hinge Lift-off hinges I Installation accessories...135, 153 Installation rings J Joints with / without clamping lever with clamping lever without clamping lever Zn Zn, with clamping lever Zn, without clamping lever L Latch lock Levelling feet...178, 180 Levelling furniture foot Lift-off hinges Lock GD-Zn Lock mounting set with double beard key with square key Locking castors with center thread with plate M Machining of profi les with core hole-ø with core hole-ø6 for miter Magnetic lock PA Makrolon MayTec connector with square head MayTec ground-connector for potential equilisation MayTec screw-type connector MayTec standard-connector MayTec universal-connector Mechanical data Milling cutter...333, 335 Mortise deadlocks cases cases with lock cases without lock Door handle Door knob Installation sets

344 Subject index Installation sets with lock Installation sets without lock Profi le machining Push pins Mounting adaptor for roller Mounting blocks Distancing plate, thin for subsequent insertion GD-Zn screw-type Mounting clamp blocks for subsequent insertion SL Tool for mounting clamp block SL Mounting instruction for screw-type connectors...91, 96 Mounting of connector in core hole Mounting of connector in slot Mounting plates Mounting set for 19 profi le Mounting sockets N Numerical key for articles... 7 O Olive installation sets Order description Order examples for special design Oval tube P Panel elements...137, 320, 323 Acrylic Alu-plastic composite panel Chipboards Grid, steel Makrolon Polycarbonate Solid plastic panels Wire net, Alu Wire net, steel Panel profi les Panel profi les 30, F-slot, P Panel profi les 40, E3-slot, P Panel profi les 50, E4-slot, P Parallel connector Parallel connector for subsequent insertion Parallelism tolerance Pneumatic connection sets accessories connection plate sets connection plates end plate sets end plates extension sets Pneumatic accessories...136, 221, 230 Blanking plug Reducing nipple Sealing ring Polycarbonate Potential equalisation Press in device for knurled cross bushing Press-fi t pins for alu hinges Press-fi t threaded inserts without collar Price groups (1-3) Profi le applications Curved profi les Hand rail Profi le combinations Profi les for cable guide Slot plates Special slits U-Profi le Profi le combinations Profi le group mm, E3-slot, P mm, F-slot, P mm, F-slot, P mm, H-slot, P mm, E4-slot, P mm, F-slot mm, F-slot, P mm, E3-slot mm, E3-slot, P mm, E4-slot mm, E4-slot, P mm, E4-slot mm, E4-slot, P mm, E4-slot mm, E4-slot, P Profi le machining Bores for parallel-connector Coding examples Coding examples for special design Cross bore Cross bushing bore for connector Direction and Position Order description Price group Saw cut Saw cut tolerance Summary Thread lid lid lid Profi le pre-cut lids Profi le selection range Profi le tolerance Profi les 48, round (plain) Profi les for cable guide Slot distance Slot distance Slot distance Profi les for pneumatic applications Profi les octagonal (plain) Push pins Q Quick locks R Radius compensations Radius covers Rectangle 90 with one radius Rectangle 90 with two radii Rectangle with one radius Rectangle with two radii Square with one radius Square with two radii

345 Subject index Reducing profi les PVC Register... 1 Retaining plates Rhomboid T-slot nuts Roller Roller Roller fastening sets A, double sided A,one sided type A type B Rubber cover-profi les Rubber door stop Runner for sliding suspended doors for suspended doors S Safety interlocking Contact bracket-mounting mountings Safety interlocking-mountings AZ 17 for sliding door AZ 17 for swinging door for sliding door for swinging door with lock for swinging door Safety switches AZ Contact bracket-mounting Guard locking devices AZM Saw cut Saw cut tolerance Screw taps Screw taps for aluminium machining Screws Button head screws Sealing profi le SE-Connector Security latch Self locking washers SP Standard Sensor brackets Slide load Sliding blocks Sliding doors construction types Sliding profi les Slot plates E-slot E-slot, slot distance 25 mm E-slot, slot distance 50 mm F-slot F-slot, slot distance 25 mm F-slot, slot distance 50 mm Profi le , 10F, SP Profi le , 5E, 2F, SP Profi le , 8E, SP Profi le , 8F, SP Slot rollers Slot system... 6 E3-slot... 6 E4-slot... 6 F-slot... 6 H-slot... 6 Solid plastic panels Spacer Special cases Special characters... 5 Special slits Specifi cation of milling patterns for closed profi les Sponge rubber round cords Spring-nuts Stacking foot ST-Connector with anchor, screw-type Stopper Type 1 for sliding suspended doors Stopper Type 2 for sliding suspended doors Straightness tolerance Strength values for profi le connections with MayTec-Connectors Subsequent mounting of profi les Summary...8, 84, 135, 331 Accessories Connectors (with machining) Connectors (without machining) Profi les (plain)... 8 Profi les (with grooves)... 9 Tools Suspended doors Alu C-track Runner Suspended glider Swivel angles Swivel castors Swivel castors lockable Symbols... 5 T Table of contents... 3 T-Bolts Angular tolerance Approximate determination of defl ection Bending strength Defl ection Delivery length Extruded profi le as per EN Flatness of profi le surfaces Flatness tolerance Functional length Mechanical data Parallelism tolerance Profi le tolerance Straightness tolerance Twist tolerance Tension load Thread Threaded bolt for locking castor with center thread Threaded inserts Press-fi t threaded inserts Press-fi t threaded inserts w/o collar Threaded plates for subsequent insertion heavy T-Nut sliding blocks T-Nuts for subsequent insertion for subsequent insertion, with spring for subsequent insertion, with spring ball for subsequent insertion, with spring, 2 M

346 Subject index for subsequent insertion, with spring, 2 M with spring Tools...137, 331 Drill...333, 335 Drill jigs...332, 334 for anchors for cross bushings for profi les with F- and E-slots for profi les with H-slots Milling cutter...333, 335 Press in device for knurled cross bushings Screw taps Special cases Summary Tx screw driver Torque tightening values for connector setscrew Torx T-slot nuts Tube profi les Tube profi les 30, P Tubes Twin track guide for roller Twist tolerance Tx screw driver Type of load U Universal connector...90, 92 for profi le with knurled cross bushing U-Profi le U-Profi les V Vibration proof W Washers Wedge profi les Wire net mounting profi les Wire net profi les , F-slot, P , F / E3-slot, P Wire net, Alu Wire net, steel Imprint Subject to technical modifi cation. All rights reserved. Copying - also in parts - only allowed by written consent. MayTec Aluminium Systemtechnik GmbH, Germany, D Dachau,

347 MayTec GmbH plant in Dachau Small parts storage Stock of aluminium profi les

348 The key... to success extremely strong effi cient functional Australia Germany USA MayTec Australia P/L Unit 8, 175 James Ruse Drive Rosehill, NSW 2142 MayTec Aluminium Systemtechnik GmbH Kopernikusstraße 20 D Dachau MayTec Inc. 901 Wesemann Drive West Dundee, IL country code: +61 phone (0) 2 / fax (0) 2 / info@maytec.com.au country code: +49 phone (0) 8131 / fax (0) 8131 / mail@maytec.de country code: +1 phone fax mail@maytecinc.com MayTec distributor VK-GB/

ABOUT KJN ALUMINIUM PROFILES

ABOUT KJN ALUMINIUM PROFILES P R O D U C T C ATA L O G U E ABOUT KJN ALUMINIUM PROFILES Our range of Aluminum Profile is available in a large range of sizes starting with 20 x 20 through to 100 x 200 making it suitable to use in all

More information

Conveyors 12. slide strips roller Conveyors roller elements Conveyor rollers Chain Transfer

Conveyors 12. slide strips roller Conveyors roller elements Conveyor rollers Chain Transfer Conveyors slide strips roller Conveyors roller elements Conveyor rollers Chain Transfer Application example conveyors Transport solutions and goods provision 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 362 9 1 slide strips Low-wear

More information

GoTo Europe Focused Delivery Program. Product overview assembly technology

GoTo Europe Focused Delivery Program. Product overview assembly technology GoTo Europe Focused Delivery Program Product overview assembly technology 2 GoTo Europe Products you need, delivered when you need them In today s global competition every day counts. Fast response times

More information

TABLE OF CONTENTS SERIES 40

TABLE OF CONTENTS SERIES 40 TABLE OF CONTENTS SERIES ALUMINIUM PROFILES SERIES PAGE Technical data and profile cross-sections 2.4-2.17 Processing of profiles for connectors 2.1-2.19 Prices of aluminium profile processing 2. Aluminium

More information

ALUMINIUM PROFILE SYSTEM SERIES 40

ALUMINIUM PROFILE SYSTEM SERIES 40 ALUMINIUM PROFILE SYSTEM SERIES With the basic grid mm (slot 5); mm (slot 6), 16mm, mm and 0mm (slot ). In addition to this, the complete connection technology and a large range of accessories. TABLE OF

More information

Aluminium Profile Catalog Version 1.0 English

Aluminium Profile Catalog Version 1.0 English Aluminium Profile Catalog - 2008 Version 1.0 English Product Range Aluminium Profile and Accessories - Extruded aluminium profiles - Joining elements - Levelling feet - End covers and slot covers Assembly

More information

Applications - Levelling of machine bases or constructions - Boards, partitions, enclosures - Tables, conveyors and work benches

Applications - Levelling of machine bases or constructions - Boards, partitions, enclosures - Tables, conveyors and work benches FEET PA 00.0 076/ 0 - PA, grey - Anti-skid insert NBR - All bolts are suitable for all plates Applications - Levelling of machine bases or constructions - Boards, partitions, enclosures - Tables, conveyors

More information

Hinges and Flap Fittings

Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings Contents Concealed Hinges Duomatic Premium Concealed hinge Duomatic Concealed hinge Metallamat Concealed hinge Metalla Concealed hinge Push Latch for push to open hinge Metalla

More information

Roller runner systems FR

Roller runner systems FR Roller runner systems FR Technik für Möbel 191 Roller runner system FR 30 with one-sided captive guide rail for screw-on assembly 5 runner lengths 300-500 mm Finish: white Load capacity 55 lbs K.C.M.A.

More information

Profile series I-40. System kit Profile series I-40

Profile series I-40. System kit Profile series I-40 Profile series I-40 System kit Profile series I-40 n n n a n n n R n a R 45 Profile series I-40 Contents 1 Technical data/profile machining F f Page 1 2 Page 1 3 Page 1 5 Page 1 8 Profiles Page 2 2 3000

More information

Sliding Door Fittings, Roller Shutters

Sliding Door Fittings, Roller Shutters Sliding Door Fittings, Roller Shutters Contents Sliding Timber Door Fittings Finetta Flatfront Foldfront Mobilus Classic Sliding door system Automatic sliding door system Planomix Planofit Straightening

More information

Filing frame Basic-Line

Filing frame Basic-Line Filing frame Basic-Line The modular filing frame for office cabinets, safes and mobile trolleys. The filing frame Basic-Line provides a perfect cost-performance ratio. Its modular design allows an easy

More information

TEXT OCTAWALL MOBIL. ATTRACTION. exhibition systems. presentation systems

TEXT OCTAWALL MOBIL. ATTRACTION. exhibition systems. presentation systems TEXT OCTAWALL MOBIL. A mobile wall with magnetic ATTRACTION. exhibition systems presentation systems 9 2 If walls could speak they would recommend o c t a w a l l! The reason: the new WALL system provides

More information

mechanics Features Technical specification Ordering information Dimensioned drawings Aluminium profiles made by isel

mechanics Features Technical specification Ordering information Dimensioned drawings Aluminium profiles made by isel Panel profiles PP profiles For fast and easy erection of frames, benches and racks luminium, naturally anodised easy, very strong under load Top edge particularly suitable as a load-bearing cladding, also

More information

SLIDING DOORS SYSTEMS

SLIDING DOORS SYSTEMS SLIDING DOORS SYSTEMS COPLANAR SYSTEM FOR CABINET REVERSIBLE SYSTEM Load capacity up to 25kg for one door tested by Catas. Door thickness up to 40mm. Soft closing and soft opening. Cuttable in every customized

More information

IDEAS IN MOTION DUO MAXI. Häfele. Häfele

IDEAS IN MOTION DUO MAXI. Häfele. Häfele IDEAS IN MOTION Häfele DUO Häfele Häfele DUO One fi tting double duty: Converts from fl ap stay to lid stay in seconds. New design New fi nishes: White and black Duo standard and forte for fl ap heights

More information

MECHANICS. Aluminium profiles Linear guides Drive elements Linear units Rotational units

MECHANICS. Aluminium profiles Linear guides Drive elements Linear units Rotational units Aluminium profiles...2-2 Linear guides...2-18 Drive elements...2-44 Linear units...2-52 Rotational units...2-94 Aluminium profiles Aluminium profiles PP profiles Panel profiles PP PP 100 PP 1 PP 200 Overview

More information

Modular. Machine Guard System. Version 5.2. Product Catalogue. Assembly Technology

Modular. Machine Guard System. Version 5.2. Product Catalogue. Assembly Technology Product Catalogue Machine Guard System Version 5.2 Company Information Profession Devotion Keep Improving Company Information Planning Software Complete product info CAD library Quick & Easy configurator

More information

Rectangular profiles RE 40

Rectangular profiles RE 40 8.3 luminium profiles Rectangular profiles Features Universal precision, clamping and machining surface s a stabiliser for machine and subframe constructions luminium, ly anodised Produced in accordance

More information

Furnital srl via Manzoni Montano Lucino (Co) - Italy Tel Fax

Furnital srl via Manzoni Montano Lucino (Co) - Italy Tel Fax Furnital srl via Manzoni 11 22070 Montano Lucino (Co) - Italy Tel. +39 031 605386 Fax. +39 031 4721516 info@furnital.it www.furnital.it THE COMPANY profile Furnital would like to be considered as a valuable

More information

The BERNSTEIN CS-3000

The BERNSTEIN CS-3000 Flexible and efficient: The BERNSTEIN CS-3000 Designers and manufacturers expect modern suspension systems to feature variable configuration, progressive design and complete ease installation. BERNSTEIN

More information

Hinges and Flap Fittings Application Matrix

Hinges and Flap Fittings Application Matrix Application Matrix Model Opening angle Application Page Soft close Opening Integrated Optional With handle Without handle Screws Without tools Duomatic Concealed hinges Premium 110 Standard.11 / / / /

More information

Aluminium Productive Fence System 40 PRODUCT CATALOGUE

Aluminium Productive Fence System 40 PRODUCT CATALOGUE 11 2017 (e) Aluminium Productive Fence System 40 PRODUCT CATALOGUE solutions by F.EE Elektrotech Engineering Automation Robotik Informatik + Systeme Energietechnik F.EE GmbH In der Seugn 10 and 20 D-92431

More information

Standard. Manual Shopfitting and Storage Systems

Standard. Manual Shopfitting and Storage Systems Standard Manual Shopfitting and Storage Systems List of abbreviations used General abbreviations: P Pair RL Round holes SB Self-service SL Combined round and key holes V Packaging unit Dimensions and units:

More information

octawall mobil A mobile wall with magnetic attraction

octawall mobil A mobile wall with magnetic attraction mobil A mobile wall with magnetic attraction exhibition systems interior design systems presentation systems cleanroom systems software and service if walls could speak - they would recommend mobil! The

More information

Dynamic Elements Linear Slides Mechanical Drive Elements Accessories for Mechanical Drive Elements

Dynamic Elements Linear Slides Mechanical Drive Elements Accessories for Mechanical Drive Elements 8 Dynamic Elements Mechanical Drive Elements Accessories for Mechanical Drive Elements The Dynamic Elements product group of the MB Building Kit System contains components which enable precise linear movement.

More information

Doors and fittings. Doors and fittings Aluminum Framing Hinge profile (p. 8-3) Hinge (p. 8-4) Hinge, plastic (p. 8-5)

Doors and fittings. Doors and fittings Aluminum Framing Hinge profile (p. 8-3) Hinge (p. 8-4) Hinge, plastic (p. 8-5) Doors and fittings Aluminum Framing.0-1 Doors and fittings 1 4 Hinge profile (p. -) Hinge (p. -4) Hinge, plastic (p. -) Hinge, aluminum (p. -) 1 LIFTOFF hinge (p. -) Hinge, removable (p. -) Hinge, adjustable

More information

01 Product overview KT series order picking trolleys MultiPick trolley Pick and Pack Order picking container

01 Product overview KT series order picking trolleys MultiPick trolley Pick and Pack Order picking container 01 Product overview 01.01 01.09 KT series order picking trolleys 01 KT1 02 KT2 03 KT3 04 KT4 05 KT DRIVE 06 KT3-KOMBI 07 KT ALU 08 KT-R 09 KT-B 01.10 MultiPick trolley 01.11 Pick and Pack 10 MULTIPICK

More information

Pro-Line II Filing Frame

Pro-Line II Filing Frame Pro-Line II Filing Frame Efficiency in the office. The Pro-Line II filing frame is the perfect solution for professional equipment of office cabinets. It combines innovative technology with highly functional

More information

Flat-roof system Windsafe

Flat-roof system Windsafe Flat-roof system Windsafe Modular systems optimized for superimposed loads CONTENTS PAGE 1 General information 2 2 Planning 2 3 Article overview 3 4 Mounting of supports 6 5 Exploded view 7 6 Tolerances

More information

Cabinet interiors Summary of ranges

Cabinet interiors Summary of ranges Cabinet interiors Summary of ranges Fitting systems for kitchens Summary 888-889 Fitting systems for bathrooms Summary 1052-1053 Fitting systems for wardrobe interiors Range summary 1068-1069 Fitting systems

More information

Perfo. Kits Perfo Accessories (without perforated panels) Kits Perfo Accessories (with perforated panels)

Perfo. Kits Perfo Accessories (without perforated panels) Kits Perfo Accessories (with perforated panels) 482 Technical Information.......................... 484 48 Panels............................... 486 487 for rated Panels........... 488 0 Kits (without perforated panels). 02 07 Kits (with perforated

More information

Locks and Catches Information

Locks and Catches Information Information SYMO 3000 is the worldwide unique furniture locking system from Häfele. Without tools and time-consuming installation, it provides maximum flexibility at minimum expenditure and effort. The

More information

Series 31 compact cylinders 1/

Series 31 compact cylinders 1/ Series 3 compact cylinders Double and single-acting, double-acting non-rotating, magnetic ø2, 6, 20, 25 mm ø 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 00 mm UNITOP The compact dimensions allow Series 3 single and double-acting

More information

Protection And Separating Wall Systems

Protection And Separating Wall Systems 1 The protection and separating wall sys tem comprises of a number of different profile families. Standard Profiles ( mm thru 8 mm) From the extensive range of Silverline profiles, most static requirements

More information

* * Page * Page 42. Page 31. mk * * mk * * * *

* * Page * Page 42. Page 31. mk * * mk * * * * mk Profile Technology One construction kit many options Base Technology Profile Technology Conveyor Technology Factory Equipment Linear Motion mk creating flexibility through modularity The mk system is

More information

Profiles and Mounting options. NEW Additional. HepcoMotion. MCS aluminium frame and machine construction system including MFS fencing system

Profiles and Mounting options. NEW Additional. HepcoMotion. MCS aluminium frame and machine construction system including MFS fencing system NEW Additional Profiles and Mounting options HepcoMotion MCS aluminium frame and machine construction system including MFS fencing system MCS Machine Construction System and MFS Machine Fencing System

More information

System Benefits. Index. Style 840The amazingly versatile woven wire partition. The Style 840 Solution

System Benefits. Index. Style 840The amazingly versatile woven wire partition. The Style 840 Solution Style 840The amazingly versatile woven wire partition. Style 840 System Benefits.........1 Panels & Posts.................2 Hinged Doors..................3 Doors & Windows...............4 Ceilings and

More information

Sliding Door Fittings, Roller Shutters Vertical Sliding Door Fittings

Sliding Door Fittings, Roller Shutters Vertical Sliding Door Fittings Vertico 16 VF, door weight up to 15 kg, for 2 bi-parting doors Door height: 300 600 mm Door thickness: Min. 16 mm Side panel thickness: Min. 1 mm Running gear: Top and bottom running, 4 rollers, with ball

More information

Pro-Line II Filing Frame

Pro-Line II Filing Frame Pro-Line II Filing Frame Efficiency in the office. The Pro-Line II Filing Frame is the perfect solution in regards to the professional equipment of office cabinets. It combines innovative technology with

More information

MOTIV-8 FLEXIBLE CABLE SYSTEMS

MOTIV-8 FLEXIBLE CABLE SYSTEMS MOTIV-8 FLEXIBLE CABLE SYSTEMS www.conductix.com.au CONDUCTIX FLEXIBLE CABLE SYSTEMS Designed and manufactured in Australia. Proven in applications throughout the world for over 25 years. Full range of

More information

Since 1987, the NORCAN Company has been distinguished by its high-quality modular structures formed by aluminium profiles connected by standard M8

Since 1987, the NORCAN Company has been distinguished by its high-quality modular structures formed by aluminium profiles connected by standard M8 Since 1987, the NORCAN Company has been distinguished by its high-quality modular structures formed by aluminium profiles connected by standard M8 screw fixings: a system that is flexible in use, simple

More information

FR 402. The efficient runner system with outstanding product benefits

FR 402. The efficient runner system with outstanding product benefits FR 402 The efficient runner system with outstanding product benefits FR 402 The efficient runner system 2 Outstanding product benefits Exceptional utility value The self-closing feature with roll-out prevention

More information

FLSD (E) Atmospheres containing explosive GAS totally enclosed three-phase asynchronous motors General information

FLSD (E) Atmospheres containing explosive GAS totally enclosed three-phase asynchronous motors General information (E) Atmospheres containing explosive GAS General information Flameproof totally enclosed three-phase asynchronous motors, FLSD (E) series, according to IEC 60034, 60038, 60072, 60079-0 and 60079-1, EN

More information

The Rittal Flex-Block base/plinth system

The Rittal Flex-Block base/plinth system The Rittal Flex-Block base/plinth system 50 Save time Fast assembly by simply clipping together the base/plinth components Easily bayed with toolless baying clip The enclosure is easily transported in

More information

Suspension System CS-3000

Suspension System CS-3000 Suspension System CS-3000 Straight coupling Elbow coupling (colour) 1015300177 RAL 9006 white aluminium 1015300001 RAL 16 anthracite grey 101530017 RAL 9006 white aluminium 1015300002 RAL 16 anthracite

More information

Steel drawer system with wide appeal: MultiTech

Steel drawer system with wide appeal: MultiTech Steel drawer system with wide appeal: MultiTech Suary Range suary 4-5 Assembly aids 23-25 Technical information Planning dimensions 26-30 / 36-39 Assembly / adjustment / removal 31-35 Quality criteria

More information

Profi Silver Line Range 2005 Only direct import. Created :58 Revised :40 Page 1

Profi Silver Line Range 2005 Only direct import. Created :58 Revised :40 Page 1 Profi Silver Line Range 2005 Only direct import. Created 10.02.2005 14:58 Revised 25.05.2005 11:40 Page 1 INDEX Article Group Page Angle Grinders 3 Cordless Screwdriver 4 Laser Jig Saw 5 Laser Circular

More information

Hanging Cabinets & Accessories

Hanging Cabinets & Accessories .0 Hanging Cabinets & Accessories.1 Blum AVENTOS HK-Stay lift for wooden fronts or wide alu frames Material: Steel mechanism, plastic cover caps Finish: Mechanism galvanized, cover cap grey Adjustment:

More information

Product Information. Rotary gripping module with angular gripper RW

Product Information. Rotary gripping module with angular gripper RW Product Information RW RW Flexible. Modular. Compact. Gripper Swivel Module RW Rotary gripper combination, consisting of a rotary module and a 2-finger angular gripper Field of application Gripping and

More information

General catalogue ALUCA accessories for your van racking systems

General catalogue ALUCA accessories for your van racking systems General catalogue ALUCA accessories for your van racking systems www.aluca.de Welcome to ALUCA ALUCA manufactures light-weight, strong and safe systems for those who are on the road each day. We offer

More information

Visual index NEW PRODUCTS NEWS NEWS PHARMA PHARMA PHARMA. To be continued on next page

Visual index NEW PRODUCTS NEWS NEWS PHARMA PHARMA PHARMA. To be continued on next page NEWS 3 2013 Visual index Stainless Stainless 2012 NEW PRODUCTS Stainless NEWS Pin with weldable fastening button Stainless Panel fastening p.n1 button Stainless p.n2 Aluminium hinge external fastening

More information

Hinges and Flap Fittings

Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings We offers a wide range of options the term is functionality and quality. Contents Concealed Hinges DUOMATIC Concealed hinge DUOMATIC PUSH Concealed hinge PUSH Door opening system

More information

C-Rail Festoon track systems

C-Rail Festoon track systems C-Rail Festoon track systems & Hose carrying systems Application C-Rail festoon track systems are the ideal solution for carrying cables supplying power to many types of moving machinery using either flat

More information

One platform for all electronic applications

One platform for all electronic applications ONE SYSTEM FOR ALL SOLUTIONS. One platform for all electronic applications An Electronics Packaging system with versatile capabilities that expands with evolving project requirements: VARISTAR offers innovative

More information

Unigrass Zargen. The star in your cabinet

Unigrass Zargen. The star in your cabinet Technical manual Unigrass Zargen The star in your cabinet Unigrass drawer slide system General information Full and partial extensions plus railing system Grass-Quality High-quality products and the dedication

More information

Conspicuously inconspicuous: Sensys in obsidian black

Conspicuously inconspicuous: Sensys in obsidian black Conspicuously inconspicuous: Sensys in obsidian black Perfect camouflage on exclusive materials and dark surfaces As intelligent as nature Good camouflage is worth a lot. Numerous creatures mimic their

More information

Versatile, intelligent and comfortable For every problem, there is a suitable Accessory

Versatile, intelligent and comfortable For every problem, there is a suitable Accessory Versatile, intelligent and comfortable For every problem, there is a suitable Accessory Label Cases... 46 Bolts... 55 Label cases LA-NP-... grey Label case for NP and NP-B, self-adhesive runner for insertion

More information

MOTIV- 8 FLEXIBLE CABLE SYSTEMS. www. James Crane.com.au PH:

MOTIV- 8 FLEXIBLE CABLE SYSTEMS. www. James Crane.com.au PH: MOTIV- 8 FLEXIBLE SYSTEMS www. James Crane.com.au PH: 1300 780 420 Email: Robert@jamescrane.com.au CONTENTS System Selection Enquiry Sheet Carrying Capacity kg Recommended Maximum Speed (m/min) Wire Rope

More information

Material: Hinge Parts: zinc die, matt chrome plated, or zinc die, matt black. Pin: stainless steel Nut plate: steel, zinc plated

Material: Hinge Parts: zinc die, matt chrome plated, or zinc die, matt black. Pin: stainless steel Nut plate: steel, zinc plated 4-249 Hinge Pr01 180 Small elegant hinge. 180 Opening. Adjustments are possible with respective bores provided. The nut plate can be mounted in different ways, according to the application. zinc die, matt

More information

ZERO-POINT CLAMPING SYSTEM

ZERO-POINT CLAMPING SYSTEM simple. gripping. future. ZERO-POINT CLAMPING SYSTEM 22 Quick Point Grid Plates 3 Quick Point Plates 34 Quick Point Round Plates 39 Quick Point Adaptor Plates 4 Quick Point Clamping Studs 43 Quick Point

More information

Runner block FNS R Flanged, normal, standard height

Runner block FNS R Flanged, normal, standard height 38 Bosch Rexroth Corporation Roller Rail Systems R310A 30 (007.06) Standard Runner Blocks, Steel version Runner block FS R1851... 10 Flanged, normal, standard height Further runner block versions with

More information

Glass & Wooden Door Fittings

Glass & Wooden Door Fittings Glass & Wooden Door Fittings Product range: Door Sliders Door Track Plastic Glass Clamps Glass Door Channel Aluminium Glass Door Channel Plastic Glass Door Hinges Glass Door Locks Glass Sliding Door Systems

More information

Modular shelving STANDARD STAINLESS STEEL SERIES 2012 CATALOGUE. SHELVING line

Modular shelving STANDARD STAINLESS STEEL SERIES 2012 CATALOGUE. SHELVING line STANDARD STAINLESS STEEL SERIES 2012 CATALOGUE SHELVING line 001 Balboni Inox Leading manufacturer of stainless steel shelving Established in the late 50s, BALBONI has always operated in the mechanical

More information

Typical backing flanges and inserts which are key components of flange couplings are displayed in the following two images.

Typical backing flanges and inserts which are key components of flange couplings are displayed in the following two images. GENERAL INFORMATION NORMAG flange couplings are available to connect glass structural components as well as to connect glass structural components to apparatus or pipelines made of different materials.

More information

TIOMOS SUPPLEMENT TIOMOS PRODUCT SUPPLEMENT.

TIOMOS SUPPLEMENT TIOMOS PRODUCT SUPPLEMENT. TIOMOS SUPPLEMENT TIOMOS PODUCT SUPPLEMENT Integrated Soft-close, stylish design, maximum stability. The best possible hinge solution for cabinet doors. www.grassusa.com Tiomos Supplement Table of Content

More information

INDEX - ALUMINIUM RANGE HINGES. profile 0.35 N.m. FinAlu continuous hinge 466. profile 0.70 N.m. Aluminium profile continuous hinge - 50 mm

INDEX - ALUMINIUM RANGE HINGES. profile 0.35 N.m. FinAlu continuous hinge 466. profile 0.70 N.m. Aluminium profile continuous hinge - 50 mm LUMINIUM RNGE INEX - LUMINIUM RNGE HINGES Finlu continuous hinge 466 luminium profile continuous hinge - 50 mm Rolled knuckle continuous hinge - 20 mm width Rolled knuckle continuous hinge - 25 mm width

More information

OFFICE & WARDROBE HANGING RAILS AND FITTINGS 696 HANGERS AND STORAGE 700 DESK CABLE COVERS 705 FURNITURE LEGS 706 DESK LOCKS 707 CASTORS 711

OFFICE & WARDROBE HANGING RAILS AND FITTINGS 696 HANGERS AND STORAGE 700 DESK CABLE COVERS 705 FURNITURE LEGS 706 DESK LOCKS 707 CASTORS 711 OFFICE & WARDROBE HANGING RAILS AND FITTINGS 696 HANGERS AND STORAGE 700 desk KEYBOARD TRAY 704 DESK CABLE COVERS 705 FURNITURE LEGS 706 DESK LOCKS 707 CASTORS 711 FILE ACCESSORIES 714 CD & DVD HOLDER

More information

UP TO 360kg SHELF CAPACITY QUICK & EASY BOLT-FREE ASSEMBLY STRONG, ROBUST & MODERN DESIGN ASSEMBLY DESIGN. Post. No post required.

UP TO 360kg SHELF CAPACITY QUICK & EASY BOLT-FREE ASSEMBLY STRONG, ROBUST & MODERN DESIGN ASSEMBLY DESIGN. Post. No post required. ECLIPSE THE ULTIMATE MULTI-PURPOSE SHELVING SYSTEM UP TO 360kg SHELF CAPACITY QUICK & EASY BOLT-FREE ASSEMBLY STRONG, ROBUST & MODERN DESIGN ASSEMBLY Fully Adjustable every 25mm. Snap the plastic collar

More information

Dental Art presents Alchemist

Dental Art presents Alchemist Innovative design, state of the art materials, eye for detail, attention to safety and hygiene, made in Italy. All this, together with our commitment to meet clients requirements - supporting them at all

More information

Suspension Systems. Quality Commitment

Suspension Systems. Quality Commitment Suspension Systems Since 1984, Altech Corporation has grown to become a leading supplier of automation and industrial control components. Headquartered in Flemington, NJ, Altech has an experienced staff

More information

SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM MIR SS-304

SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM MIR SS-304 SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM MIR SS-304 Application Material: Stainless steel 304. Glass thickness: 8-10 mm Max load capacity: 120 KG. 1 Set for door width 960-1060 mm consists of: 1 x Tube Ø 25 x 2050 mm. 2 x

More information

SHOW YOUR PROFILE WITH OCTANORM ALUMINIUM PROFILES Overview of OCTANORM's extensive collection of extrusions. Product is sorted by function and form.

SHOW YOUR PROFILE WITH OCTANORM ALUMINIUM PROFILES Overview of OCTANORM's extensive collection of extrusions. Product is sorted by function and form. SHOW YOUR PROFILE WITH OCTANORM ALUMINIUM PROFILES Overview of OCTANORM's extensive collection of extrusions. Product is sorted by function and form. exhibition systems interior design systems presentation

More information

Furniture Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings

Furniture Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings Glass door hinge Area of application: For inset glass doors Glass door height: Max 1,200 mm Glass door width: Max 400 mm For door weight: Max 10 kg Material: Zinc alloy, steel, PVC Glass thickness: 6-10

More information

CONTENTS. Sliding Door Fittings Information. Sliding door fittings from Häfele. Sliding door application for Classic 40-J/80-J/120-J

CONTENTS. Sliding Door Fittings Information. Sliding door fittings from Häfele. Sliding door application for Classic 40-J/80-J/120-J Information CONTENTS Sliding door fittings from Häfele...3 Soft and self closing systems from Häfele...4 Sliding door fitting Classic 40-P/80-P/120-P SLIDO... Sliding door fitting Classic 40-P/80-P/120-P

More information

Position as per 3/2018

Position as per 3/2018 Hera GmbH & Co. KG Dieselstraße 9 D - 32130 Enger Postfach 440 D - 32124 Enger Telefon: + 49 / (0)52 24 / 911-0 Telefax: + 49 / (0)52 24 / 911-215 mail@hera-online.de www.hera-online.de Download of the

More information

Double and single-acting, double-acting non-rotating, magnetic ø12, 16, 20, 25 mm ø 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm UNITOP

Double and single-acting, double-acting non-rotating, magnetic ø12, 16, 20, 25 mm ø 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 mm UNITOP CATALOGUE > Release 8.7 > Series 3 cylinders Series 3 compact cylinders Double and single-acting, double-acting non-rotating, magnetic ø2, 6, 20, 25 mm ø 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 00 mm UNITOP» Compact design»

More information

Double-acting, magnetic, guided ø 10x2, 16x2, 20x2, 25x2, 32x2 mm

Double-acting, magnetic, guided ø 10x2, 16x2, 20x2, 25x2, 32x2 mm CATALOGUE > Release 8.8 > Series QX twin rod cylinders Series QX twin cylinders Double-acting, magnetic, guided ø 0x2, 6x2, 20x2, 25x2, 32x2 mm High force Precise movement Integrated guide QXB: linear

More information

Profile Technology BLOCAN

Profile Technology BLOCAN Profile Technology BLOCAN How to use this catalogue Depending on your level of experience, we suggest you proceed as follows: If you are new to profile technology Please use our selection guide from page

More information

WORKSHOP PRODUCT CATALOGUE

WORKSHOP PRODUCT CATALOGUE WORKTABLES AND TROLLEYS CABINETS AND TOOL DRAWER UNITS INDUSTRIAL SHELVING AND SCREENING PERFORATED PLATE PRODUCTS WORKSHOP PRODUCT CATALOGUE Worktables Trolleys Cabinets Industrial shelving and screening

More information

Super. Line. 10th Edition SUPER PRICE SUPER QUALITY SUPER AVAILABILITY

Super. Line. 10th Edition SUPER PRICE SUPER QUALITY SUPER AVAILABILITY Super Line SUPER PRICE SUPER QUALITY SUPER AVAILABILITY 10th Edition High-tech tools at a super price convincing price-performance-ratio exceptional quality immediate availability customer-friendly service

More information

PRODUCT GUIDE BROBO GROUP. brobo.com.au. All Brobo Machines & Parts include a 2 year Warranty. Certified System. Quality ISO 9001 AND OWNED

PRODUCT GUIDE BROBO GROUP. brobo.com.au. All Brobo Machines & Parts include a 2 year Warranty. Certified System. Quality ISO 9001 AND OWNED A L I F E T I M E O F R E L I A B I L I T Y PRODUCT GUIDE BROBO GROUP AND OWNED Certified System Quality ISO 91 TM All Brobo Machines & Parts include a 2 year Warranty S315D, S35D & S4B FERROUS METAL CUTTING

More information

Accessories (additional charge):

Accessories (additional charge): ALUBOS Thanks to their versatility and the comprehensive range of accessories, these robust, attractive enclosures can be used for a wide range of applications. With its eye-catching visual design, which

More information

System & Storage Cupboards

System & Storage Cupboards 78 Technical Information.......................... 8 89 Complete Variants System, Electronic Locking............. 90 95 System, Mechanical Locking............ 96 07 Individual Range Housing....................................

More information

SURE-SPRING SURE-SPRING, HP VERSION. ROLL-UP COVERS Special products. 18

SURE-SPRING SURE-SPRING, HP VERSION. ROLL-UP COVERS Special products. 18 SURE-SPRING The P.E.I. Patented design known as SURE-SPRING represent the most advanced level of technical innovation in the field of roll-up covers. (Patented) Suitable for HIGH SPEED operation The multiple

More information

The Separator arrangements depend on the application (see order example or separator options).

The Separator arrangements depend on the application (see order example or separator options). SLE Energy chains individual solutions large dimensions simple handling The order for a steel chain SLE should contain the following data: Type / Radius x Length / Width - Connector Arrangement ; Separator

More information

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TECHNICAL INFORMATION TECHNICAL INFORMATION Model No. Description SP6000 Plunge Cut Circular Saw 165mm (6-1/2") CONCEPT AND MAIN APPLICATIONS Model SP6000 is the first Makita plunge cut saw. Features great conveniences such

More information

EN. Cupboard Trolleys. Versatile Innovative Excellent.

EN. Cupboard Trolleys. Versatile Innovative Excellent. 5.2720.2EN Cupboard Trolleys Versatile Innovative Excellent www.gmoehling.com sales@gmoehling.com Special features of GMÖHLING cupboard trolleys The proven, cutting-edge solutions provided by GMÖHLING

More information

JET FINISHING. Surface Grinders Bench Grinders Accessories

JET FINISHING. Surface Grinders Bench Grinders Accessories JET FINISHING Surface Grinders.............................. 120 Bench Grinders............................... 122 Accessories................................... 122 119 6"x18" PRECISION MANUAL SURFACE

More information

TIOMOS HINGES TIOMOS HINGE SYSTEM. The hinge system for the door to the future.

TIOMOS HINGES TIOMOS HINGE SYSTEM.   The hinge system for the door to the future. TIOMOS HINGES TIOMOS HINGE SYSTEM The hinge system for the door to the future. www.grassusa.com The hinge system for the door to the future: Maximum Stability. Integrated Soft-close. Total Design. Our

More information

ACCESSORIES STEPS AND FOOT PINS

ACCESSORIES STEPS AND FOOT PINS ACCEORIE TEP AND FOOT PIN Hang-on step for rung ladders For rung dimensions 30 x 30 mm. For ladders with an internal width of at least 300 mm. Rung spacing 280 mm. tep width 300 mm. tep depth 255 mm. Maximum

More information

Sliding Door Fittings, Roller Shutters Pivot Sliding Door Fittings

Sliding Door Fittings, Roller Shutters Pivot Sliding Door Fittings Ultra 20 Swing Door fitting, door weight up to 20 kg Area of application: Door swings out to the front and to the side when being opened, allowing unlimited access to the cabinet interior, can be used

More information

Small Tool Instruments and Data Management

Small Tool Instruments and Data Management Small Tool Instruments and Data Management Dial Gauge Stands Pages 268 272 Comparator Stands Pages 273 274 Joint Magnetic Stands Concentricity testers Pages 275 280 Angulometers, steel squares Pages 281

More information

Rittal CM Compact System Enclosures

Rittal CM Compact System Enclosures Rittal CM Compact System Enclosures Compact class = Top class: Infinite possibilities R Compact enclosure on the outside, Top enclosure on the inside! Index Convincing details... 3 5 Compact system enclosures

More information

Magnetic cylinders Series 27 1/ Double-acting, magnetic ø 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63 mm

Magnetic cylinders Series 27 1/ Double-acting, magnetic ø 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63 mm CATALOGUE > Release 8.5 > Cylinders Series 27 Magnetic cylinders Series 27 Double-acting, magnetic ø 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63 mm»» Reduced dimensions»» Different mounting options»» Perfect alignment, perfect

More information

Sliding Door Fittings For wooden doors

Sliding Door Fittings For wooden doors Sliding Door Fittings For wooden doors Infront EKU clipo 10 S-IF For door weight up to 10 kg The single top running track can be installed by Screw fixing into groove or Clamping into groove with swivel

More information

Catalogue. FlowBar. High Capacity Slot Diffuser.

Catalogue. FlowBar. High Capacity Slot Diffuser. Catalogue FlowBar High Capacity Slot Diffuser www.air-diffusion.co.uk sales@air-diffusion.co.uk Content Introduction... 4 Diffuser Specification... 5 Air Patterns... 6 Flange Styles... 7 Curved Sections...

More information

Workspace and storage furnishings

Workspace and storage furnishings LISTA Compact Workspace and storage furnishings Universal superstructures Utmost stability load capacities up to 10 kg Tremendous design diversity through a wide range of add-on elements including power

More information

Storage Fittings 1 º q µ ³ ³ Â É 1.1

Storage Fittings 1 º q µ ³ ³ Â É 1.1 1.0 Storage Fittings 1 1.1 1 ARENA Plus anti-slip finish welcome to the quiet kitchen Kesseböhmer developed the special ARENA Plus coating which prevents pots and pans, crockery and groceries slipping

More information

TECHNOLOGY IN MOTION MACO MULTI-TREND TU.-ON. AND T&T FITTINGS. Installation instructions TIMBER WINDOWS

TECHNOLOGY IN MOTION MACO MULTI-TREND TU.-ON. AND T&T FITTINGS. Installation instructions TIMBER WINDOWS TECHNOLOGY IN MOTION TU.-ON. AND T&T FITTINGS Installation instructions TIMBER WINDOWS System designation: TO > Single routing DT > Double routing AS > Face fix fittings Note about surfaces fittings are

More information